CA2139503A1 - Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy - Google Patents
Compounds for cancer imaging and therapyInfo
- Publication number
- CA2139503A1 CA2139503A1 CA002139503A CA2139503A CA2139503A1 CA 2139503 A1 CA2139503 A1 CA 2139503A1 CA 002139503 A CA002139503 A CA 002139503A CA 2139503 A CA2139503 A CA 2139503A CA 2139503 A1 CA2139503 A1 CA 2139503A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- independently
- lower alkyl
- halo
- heterocyclic ring
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 153
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 74
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 25
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 title description 14
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 title description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 108010085082 sigma receptors Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- -1 N-piperidinyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- PIILXFBHQILWPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyltin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)CCCC PIILXFBHQILWPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloramine T Chemical group [Na+].CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)[N-]Cl)C=C1 VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960001479 tosylchloramide sodium Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000009546 lung large cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims 22
- HRVWCNMOEFNEON-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(diethylamino)ethyl]-4-iodobenzamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(I)C=C1 HRVWCNMOEFNEON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 241001367053 Autographa gamma Species 0.000 claims 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims 2
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 claims 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 208000014432 malignant adrenal gland pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 201000006782 malignant pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 40
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 26
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- WCMWVYQHPUQKHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-iodo-N-[2-(1-piperidinyl)ethyl]benzamide Chemical compound C1=CC(I)=CC=C1C(=O)NCCN1CCCCC1 WCMWVYQHPUQKHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 13
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 12
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 8
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 6
- BKAYIFDRRZZKNF-VIFPVBQESA-N N-acetylcarnosine Chemical compound CC(=O)NCCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CN=CN1 BKAYIFDRRZZKNF-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000018259 Solanum vestissimum Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 240000002825 Solanum vestissimum Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 4
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JFALSRSLKYAFGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N uranium(0) Chemical compound [U] JFALSRSLKYAFGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NSMXQKNUPPXBRG-SECBINFHSA-N (R)-lisofylline Chemical compound O=C1N(CCCC[C@H](O)C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 NSMXQKNUPPXBRG-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229960001701 chloroform Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- CANPFCFJURGKAX-JTQLQIEISA-N iolopride Chemical compound CCN1CCC[C@H]1CNC(=O)C1=C(O)C(I)=CC=C1OC CANPFCFJURGKAX-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000008585 noma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DENKGPBHLYFNGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 DENKGPBHLYFNGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDFJBJVXTHSUQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-iodo-2-[2-(piperidin-1-ylamino)ethyl]benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C(I)C=C1CCNN1CCCCC1 XDFJBJVXTHSUQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XRNBLQCAFWFFPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-iodobenzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C(I)C=C1 XRNBLQCAFWFFPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100037651 AP-2 complex subunit sigma Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloramine Chemical compound ClN QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000518994 Conta Species 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006145 Eagle's minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000806914 Homo sapiens AP-2 complex subunit sigma Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010042135 Stomatitis necrotising Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiosulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000035250 cutaneous malignant susceptibility to 1 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002752 melanocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000684 melanotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940099990 ogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IOVGROKTTNBUGK-SJCJKPOMSA-N ritodrine Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IOVGROKTTNBUGK-SJCJKPOMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWNDIRMSBLVKTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyl-4-bromobenzoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC(Br)=CC=C1C(O)=O ZWNDIRMSBLVKTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CJNZAXGUTKBIHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodobenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1I CJNZAXGUTKBIHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BKOOMYPCSUNDGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbut-2-ene Chemical group CC=C(C)C BKOOMYPCSUNDGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABAFKQHGFDZEJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptane-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1C2C(C)(C)C1CCC2(C)C=O ABAFKQHGFDZEJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUXYZHVUPGXXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 TUXYZHVUPGXXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUYFJZVCVCYCJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylbenzenesulfonamide;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 VUYFJZVCVCYCJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150034533 ATIC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000195940 Bryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150099461 CTL2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000736839 Chara Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000725101 Clea Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000005773 Enders reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100073738 Escherichia coli (strain K12) kgtP gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- PLDUPXSUYLZYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluphenazine Chemical compound C1CN(CCO)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 PLDUPXSUYLZYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUQNGPZZQDCDFT-JNQJZLCISA-N Halcinonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CCl)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O MUQNGPZZQDCDFT-JNQJZLCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283986 Lepus Species 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000000233 Melia azedarach Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- UEQUQVLFIPOEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Mianserin Chemical compound C1C2=CC=CC=C2N2CCN(C)CC2C2=CC=CC=C21 UEQUQVLFIPOEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000353097 Molva molva Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000278455 Morus laevigata Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013382 Morus laevigata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100270435 Mus musculus Arhgef12 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100366940 Mus musculus Stom gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100208721 Mus musculus Usp5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012093 Myrtus ugni Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010052399 Neuroendocrine tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029488 Nodular melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000353355 Oreosoma atlanticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100038824 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710117029 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186704 Pinales Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910006124 SOCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000212342 Sium Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150116431 Slc44a2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000061461 Tema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000906446 Theraps Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000009298 Trigla lyra Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100162169 Xenopus laevis adrm1-a gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SHOKWSLXDAIZPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(4-iodooxy-2-methyl-5-propan-2-ylphenyl)-5-methyl-2-propan-2-ylphenyl] hypoiodite Chemical compound C1=C(OI)C(C(C)C)=CC(C=2C(=CC(OI)=C(C(C)C)C=2)C)=C1C SHOKWSLXDAIZPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZVQCMJNVPIDEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]CN(CC)CC Chemical group [CH2]CN(CC)CC MZVQCMJNVPIDEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical compound [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000091 aluminium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical compound B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010277 boron hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUPWNYUKYICHQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonobromidic acid Chemical compound OC(Br)=O GUPWNYUKYICHQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001638 cerebellum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OZYUPQUCAUTOBP-QRQLOZEOSA-N dextrallorphan Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CCC[C@]11CCN(CC=C)[C@@H]2CC2=CC=C(O)C=C21 OZYUPQUCAUTOBP-QRQLOZEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004852 dihydrofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005054 dihydropyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N1* 0.000 description 1
- MCWXGJITAZMZEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethoate Chemical compound CNC(=O)CSP(=S)(OC)OC MCWXGJITAZMZEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007345 electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002690 fluphenazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N furazan Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1 JKFAIQOWCVVSKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940028332 halog Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003878 haloperidol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BCQZXOMGPXTTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N halothane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(Cl)Br BCQZXOMGPXTTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003132 halothane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091008039 hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010829 isocratic elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YWXYYJSYQOXTPL-SLPGGIOYSA-N isosorbide mononitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[C@@H]1CO[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)CO[C@@H]21 YWXYYJSYQOXTPL-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPCCSQOGAWCVBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketanserin Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)C1CCN(CCN2C(C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=O)=O)CC1 FPCCSQOGAWCVBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004324 lymphatic system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- TWXDDNPPQUTEOV-FVGYRXGTSA-N methamphetamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 TWXDDNPPQUTEOV-FVGYRXGTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003955 mianserin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical group C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000016065 neuroendocrine neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011519 neuroendocrine tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000032 nodular malignant melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- JAKNYTQAGPEFJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidin-2-amine Chemical compound NC1CCCCN1 JAKNYTQAGPEFJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011253 protective coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012217 radiopharmaceutical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121896 radiopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002799 radiopharmaceutical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940069575 rompun Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006379 syphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000012976 tarts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004853 tetrahydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyrrole Natural products C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- REDSKZBUUUQMSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyltin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)CCCC.CCCC[Sn](CCCC)CCCC REDSKZBUUUQMSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011870 unpaired t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- QYEFBJRXKKSABU-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 QYEFBJRXKKSABU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
- C07D307/79—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/041—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K51/0412—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
- A61K51/0419—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/041—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K51/044—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine, rifamycins
- A61K51/0446—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine, rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/041—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K51/044—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine, rifamycins
- A61K51/0455—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine, rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B59/00—Introduction of isotopes of elements into organic compounds ; Labelled organic compounds per se
- C07B59/001—Acyclic or carbocyclic compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B59/00—Introduction of isotopes of elements into organic compounds ; Labelled organic compounds per se
- C07B59/002—Heterocyclic compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/09—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/125—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
- C07D295/13—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly or doubly bound nitrogen atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the substituent nitrogen atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2123/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Furan Compounds (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
2139503 9426314 PCTABScor01 The present invention relates to compounds having affinity for certain cancer cells, e.g. lung carcinomas, colon carcinomas, renal carcinomas, malignant melanomas, gliomas, neuroblastomas and pheochromocytomas. The compounds also bind with high specificity to cell surface sigma receptors and can therefore be used for diagnostic imaging of any tissue having an abundance of cells with sigma receptors. The compounds are of general formula (I) wherein X
is a radionuclide; R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 member nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring, optionally substituted with at least one alkyl group; the remaining variables are defined on page 5 of the disclosure. Methods are provided for diagnostic imaging and for the detection and treatment of tumors containing the cancer cells described above.
is a radionuclide; R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 member nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring, optionally substituted with at least one alkyl group; the remaining variables are defined on page 5 of the disclosure. Methods are provided for diagnostic imaging and for the detection and treatment of tumors containing the cancer cells described above.
Description
WO 94126314 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~IJS93/04309 ~ , AND TH~RAPY
~ ', 5 FIEI.D OF T~IE XNVENTICIN:
The presen~ invention reLa~es ko a ~las~ o~ -compounds ha~ing partlcular a~lnl~y ~or a speci1c ~ell ;~;
sur~ace receptor prs~alen~ on c~r~ain cance~ c311~
lung carcinam s, malignant melan~ma~, gllomas, I.
1~ neu~oblas~omas, pheochxomocy~omas, colan ca~cinom~s, ,~
renal carcinomas an~ the iiXe. X~ pa~ 3~- ~ne ~. .
presen~ inventl~n provides such compoun~s as ag~nts o~ ;~
det~ct~n~ 2nd tra~ting ~umo~s, pa~icula:rly tum~s ;`;~
havlng cancer cells whlch pos~ess a cell sur~ace sigma 15 receptor.
BACKGROUND OF TME INV~NTION: `' Lung carcinomas, malignant melanom~, gliomas, neuroblastomas, pheochromocy~omas, colon carcinomas and 2^ ra.lal ca~ .2 ~ 2~ 5 si~ erm~ o~ canc~r, th~
early detection an~ ~rea~men~ o~ whi~h ~ o~ ~a---.o~
importance. If le~t und~,~ec~ed or u~rsate~ for several .
years or ev~n months th~ media~ r~ ~al t lm~ a~
patients having these kypes of cancers ls dxamatically 25 reduced.
Qf these cancers, lung cancer has lead to ~he :~
highest number of fatalitLes. In 1992 a}one, lung cancer caused about 165,000 deaths within the Uni~e~ ::
States. Two ~ajor types of lung ca.rcinomas are 3O responsible for most of ~hese deaths: small cell lung carcinoma (SCLC) and non~small cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC). ~:~
SCLC is a neuroendocrine tumor that secretes ~everal peptide growth factors including , ~
, SU8STlTUlE SHE~ :
W094/26314 ~ ~3 9 ~ o 3 2 PC'I'~JS93/0430s 1 bombesln/gas~rin releasing pep~ide (BN/GRP). SCLC ls responsive to chemotherapy and radiation therapy, but relapse occuxs frequently, and the median survival kime is only about one year.
NSCLC accounts for ab~ut 75~ of ~11 lung cancex cases and encompasse~ a ~ariet~ carciriomas including adenocarcinoma~, larg~ cell carcinomas and squamous ~ell c~rcLno~i~s. N~C~C kumors secre~e ,;
transforming growth factor-~lpha (~GF-a) to stimulate 1;:
10 canc~r c~ll prolifexatio~, NSC~C ~g g~nexaLly ~reat~id ~.
c~,sme~h~r~ n~ ~urglcaL rssec-,ion. r2owe~rer the m~dl~n sur~iv~l ~lme ~r pa~len~ wl~h NSCLC i~ only .::
about S yea~s.
Mslan~mas axe amon~ the mos~ seriQus manifestations o~ skin cancer and lead to a greater number of fatalities than any oth0r ~orm of skLn cancer. ;
Melanomas can mekastasize th~ough ~hs lymphatic system . , .
~o regional nodes and then vla th~ bl~od to ~ec~ndary si~es on the skin or in khe live~, lungs and braln~ `:
~r,ere~s tne progno~is ror ~uper~icial sp~eading melanoms can he quite good, there is a much poorer prognosis ~o~ :~
nodular melanoma~ in whlch dlstan~ metasta~e~ ~requently ~arm.
Many lives could be saved if lung ca~cinomas, 25 melanomas, gliomas, neuroblas~omas, pheochromocytomas, colon carclnomas and rsnal carclnomas w9~e de~ect~d and treated at an early stage. Moreover many patients are reluctant to undergo radical ~urgical or broad spectrum chemotherapy pxocedures which are requently used to 30 treat such cancers ~ince khese procedures can cause disfiguration or disablement. Accordingly an ~ .
outstanding need exists for highly selective and non- ;
. i '~
: 35 ., SU~ ~ ', WO 9412~314 213 ~ 5 03 PCT~S93/04309 - 3 - :;
'' ';'".
1 ln~asive procedures p~rmi~king early detection and ~:
~rea~ment of cancer. ..
A variety of radiopharmaceuticals have been evaluated ~or d~agnos~ic lmaglng. Fox example, .;
5 Michelot, ~.M. e al. ~1991 J. Nucl. M~d. 32:1573-15~0; :~
Meyniel G. et, al. (1990 ~ 311~ 13~
18; and French Patent ~ubllcation No. 2,642,972 by .~ :
Morean e~ al, na~e disclosed ~Z~I and 1~5~t~
, . .. .
(diethylaminoe~h~ iodob~nzamLd~ B) fo~
~O imaging malignant mel~n~ma in humans. Unfoxtunatel~
the ~yn~he~ i3 probl~a~i~ an~ 3 signi~lcantly, IDA~ i5 k~ken up .in hlgh conc~ntrations by non~melanoma cells i~ th~ liver and lung. ;:;
Accordingly, IDAB doe~ not have optimal sp~clficity or 15 melanoma cells and i~s up~ake b~ n~n-tumor c~lls ~;
undermines its u~ility for ~outin~ ~cr~ning o~ cancer. .:
United St~tes Pa~en~ No. 4,279,887 to ~aldwin et al., United States Patent No. S,1S4j913 ~o ~e Paulls et al. and Murphy et al. ~1990 J. Med.~ 33:171-17 2~ d's~las~ -a 55~io~ 5~ 3 ~ 'g~
imaging ~ne Drain only, e.g. ~ N~3-pnenecnyi-o- :~
iodobenzamide or ~S)-N~ ethyl-2-pyrr~lidln~;l)ms~hyl]- ,:~
2-hydr~xy-3-iodo-6-methoxyb~n-a~ide ~IBZ~). H~WQ~I~r~
the structure and utili~y of the compounds disclosed by ~:~
25 Baldwin et al., De Paul;s e~ al. and Murphy et al. ls distinc~ from those provided herein. `
The present inventlon provides compounds which bind with h~gn speclIicity ana arrini~y ~o ~ne caii surface of cancer cells. These compounds bind, for 30 example, ko receptors on the cancer cell surface. One such receptor is a sigma receptor. Sigma receptors are known to be present on neural tissues and certain .
1:
1.
SUB 8H~
W094/26314 ~39~o3 PCT~S93/04309 ~
1 immortalized neuroblastoma and glioma cell lines (Walker ~:~
e~ al. 1990 Pharmacol. ~eviews 4~: 355~40a; and Villner et al. 1992 in ~
Mechanlsms for Neuromodula~ion and NeuroDrotection? ::
I
5 Kamenka et aL., eds. NPP ~ooks, pp. 341-353). However, , `~
it has been surpri~ingly ound by ~he presont inventors that sigma receptors are prevalen~ ~n som~ type~ ~f. ~;;.
canc~r cells, ~.g. nsu~ stom~, mqlanom~, gll~m~
ph~ochromocytoma, colon, r~nal and lung ca~clnoma c~Lls.
lO There~ore ~he comp~un~ o ~he prasen~ ln~ntlon are use~u; ~o~ d~_c~ing and w~ g ~mGrs, 4.g. t~10~3 can~aining cells with slgma r0c~ptors.
The present campoun~s are also ussul for diagnostic lmaglny any tlssue ha~ing a sigma r~ceptor, 15 e.g. a neural ~issue such as ~he b.~aln or spLnal cord.
S MMA~Y OF T~ INV'~NTION:
~ he present inv~ntion pro~id~s a me~hod ~ar diagnosing a mammal ~or the presenc0 o~ a mammallan :~ tumor wh~ch ~n~Ludes admlni~t~rlng t~ ~ m~mal ~'a-~..o~ ~L~ ~m,~gl.~ dmo~nt of ~ c~mpaund Ol. the pres~n~
invention, ~nd de~ectir1s binding of ~hs c~mpound to A
tumor i~ ~he mammal. Th~ campounds a f th~ p~ss~nt invention are of the general ~ormula I, ~.
Ra --~ (~2 j~--CZ~ Ctl2)y~l~2 Rb~ ~
~R~
'~`' SU8SriTl~E SHl~
~ ', 5 FIEI.D OF T~IE XNVENTICIN:
The presen~ invention reLa~es ko a ~las~ o~ -compounds ha~ing partlcular a~lnl~y ~or a speci1c ~ell ;~;
sur~ace receptor prs~alen~ on c~r~ain cance~ c311~
lung carcinam s, malignant melan~ma~, gllomas, I.
1~ neu~oblas~omas, pheochxomocy~omas, colan ca~cinom~s, ,~
renal carcinomas an~ the iiXe. X~ pa~ 3~- ~ne ~. .
presen~ inventl~n provides such compoun~s as ag~nts o~ ;~
det~ct~n~ 2nd tra~ting ~umo~s, pa~icula:rly tum~s ;`;~
havlng cancer cells whlch pos~ess a cell sur~ace sigma 15 receptor.
BACKGROUND OF TME INV~NTION: `' Lung carcinomas, malignant melanom~, gliomas, neuroblastomas, pheochromocy~omas, colon carcinomas and 2^ ra.lal ca~ .2 ~ 2~ 5 si~ erm~ o~ canc~r, th~
early detection an~ ~rea~men~ o~ whi~h ~ o~ ~a---.o~
importance. If le~t und~,~ec~ed or u~rsate~ for several .
years or ev~n months th~ media~ r~ ~al t lm~ a~
patients having these kypes of cancers ls dxamatically 25 reduced.
Qf these cancers, lung cancer has lead to ~he :~
highest number of fatalitLes. In 1992 a}one, lung cancer caused about 165,000 deaths within the Uni~e~ ::
States. Two ~ajor types of lung ca.rcinomas are 3O responsible for most of ~hese deaths: small cell lung carcinoma (SCLC) and non~small cell lung carcinoma (NSCLC). ~:~
SCLC is a neuroendocrine tumor that secretes ~everal peptide growth factors including , ~
, SU8STlTUlE SHE~ :
W094/26314 ~ ~3 9 ~ o 3 2 PC'I'~JS93/0430s 1 bombesln/gas~rin releasing pep~ide (BN/GRP). SCLC ls responsive to chemotherapy and radiation therapy, but relapse occuxs frequently, and the median survival kime is only about one year.
NSCLC accounts for ab~ut 75~ of ~11 lung cancex cases and encompasse~ a ~ariet~ carciriomas including adenocarcinoma~, larg~ cell carcinomas and squamous ~ell c~rcLno~i~s. N~C~C kumors secre~e ,;
transforming growth factor-~lpha (~GF-a) to stimulate 1;:
10 canc~r c~ll prolifexatio~, NSC~C ~g g~nexaLly ~reat~id ~.
c~,sme~h~r~ n~ ~urglcaL rssec-,ion. r2owe~rer the m~dl~n sur~iv~l ~lme ~r pa~len~ wl~h NSCLC i~ only .::
about S yea~s.
Mslan~mas axe amon~ the mos~ seriQus manifestations o~ skin cancer and lead to a greater number of fatalities than any oth0r ~orm of skLn cancer. ;
Melanomas can mekastasize th~ough ~hs lymphatic system . , .
~o regional nodes and then vla th~ bl~od to ~ec~ndary si~es on the skin or in khe live~, lungs and braln~ `:
~r,ere~s tne progno~is ror ~uper~icial sp~eading melanoms can he quite good, there is a much poorer prognosis ~o~ :~
nodular melanoma~ in whlch dlstan~ metasta~e~ ~requently ~arm.
Many lives could be saved if lung ca~cinomas, 25 melanomas, gliomas, neuroblas~omas, pheochromocytomas, colon carclnomas and rsnal carclnomas w9~e de~ect~d and treated at an early stage. Moreover many patients are reluctant to undergo radical ~urgical or broad spectrum chemotherapy pxocedures which are requently used to 30 treat such cancers ~ince khese procedures can cause disfiguration or disablement. Accordingly an ~ .
outstanding need exists for highly selective and non- ;
. i '~
: 35 ., SU~ ~ ', WO 9412~314 213 ~ 5 03 PCT~S93/04309 - 3 - :;
'' ';'".
1 ln~asive procedures p~rmi~king early detection and ~:
~rea~ment of cancer. ..
A variety of radiopharmaceuticals have been evaluated ~or d~agnos~ic lmaglng. Fox example, .;
5 Michelot, ~.M. e al. ~1991 J. Nucl. M~d. 32:1573-15~0; :~
Meyniel G. et, al. (1990 ~ 311~ 13~
18; and French Patent ~ubllcation No. 2,642,972 by .~ :
Morean e~ al, na~e disclosed ~Z~I and 1~5~t~
, . .. .
(diethylaminoe~h~ iodob~nzamLd~ B) fo~
~O imaging malignant mel~n~ma in humans. Unfoxtunatel~
the ~yn~he~ i3 probl~a~i~ an~ 3 signi~lcantly, IDA~ i5 k~ken up .in hlgh conc~ntrations by non~melanoma cells i~ th~ liver and lung. ;:;
Accordingly, IDAB doe~ not have optimal sp~clficity or 15 melanoma cells and i~s up~ake b~ n~n-tumor c~lls ~;
undermines its u~ility for ~outin~ ~cr~ning o~ cancer. .:
United St~tes Pa~en~ No. 4,279,887 to ~aldwin et al., United States Patent No. S,1S4j913 ~o ~e Paulls et al. and Murphy et al. ~1990 J. Med.~ 33:171-17 2~ d's~las~ -a 55~io~ 5~ 3 ~ 'g~
imaging ~ne Drain only, e.g. ~ N~3-pnenecnyi-o- :~
iodobenzamide or ~S)-N~ ethyl-2-pyrr~lidln~;l)ms~hyl]- ,:~
2-hydr~xy-3-iodo-6-methoxyb~n-a~ide ~IBZ~). H~WQ~I~r~
the structure and utili~y of the compounds disclosed by ~:~
25 Baldwin et al., De Paul;s e~ al. and Murphy et al. ls distinc~ from those provided herein. `
The present inventlon provides compounds which bind with h~gn speclIicity ana arrini~y ~o ~ne caii surface of cancer cells. These compounds bind, for 30 example, ko receptors on the cancer cell surface. One such receptor is a sigma receptor. Sigma receptors are known to be present on neural tissues and certain .
1:
1.
SUB 8H~
W094/26314 ~39~o3 PCT~S93/04309 ~
1 immortalized neuroblastoma and glioma cell lines (Walker ~:~
e~ al. 1990 Pharmacol. ~eviews 4~: 355~40a; and Villner et al. 1992 in ~
Mechanlsms for Neuromodula~ion and NeuroDrotection? ::
I
5 Kamenka et aL., eds. NPP ~ooks, pp. 341-353). However, , `~
it has been surpri~ingly ound by ~he presont inventors that sigma receptors are prevalen~ ~n som~ type~ ~f. ~;;.
canc~r cells, ~.g. nsu~ stom~, mqlanom~, gll~m~
ph~ochromocytoma, colon, r~nal and lung ca~clnoma c~Lls.
lO There~ore ~he comp~un~ o ~he prasen~ ln~ntlon are use~u; ~o~ d~_c~ing and w~ g ~mGrs, 4.g. t~10~3 can~aining cells with slgma r0c~ptors.
The present campoun~s are also ussul for diagnostic lmaglny any tlssue ha~ing a sigma r~ceptor, 15 e.g. a neural ~issue such as ~he b.~aln or spLnal cord.
S MMA~Y OF T~ INV'~NTION:
~ he present inv~ntion pro~id~s a me~hod ~ar diagnosing a mammal ~or the presenc0 o~ a mammallan :~ tumor wh~ch ~n~Ludes admlni~t~rlng t~ ~ m~mal ~'a-~..o~ ~L~ ~m,~gl.~ dmo~nt of ~ c~mpaund Ol. the pres~n~
invention, ~nd de~ectir1s binding of ~hs c~mpound to A
tumor i~ ~he mammal. Th~ campounds a f th~ p~ss~nt invention are of the general ~ormula I, ~.
Ra --~ (~2 j~--CZ~ Ctl2)y~l~2 Rb~ ~
~R~
'~`' SU8SriTl~E SHl~
4 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCTIUS93/04309 _5_ , whexe i n X is a raclionucLidP;
Z t s =O or two -H;
each ~l is ind~pendently H, halo, lowex alkyl 5 or lower alkaxy; -;.
R~ and ~b are independen~ly H, halo, lower alkyl, lower allcoxy or ~ nd Rb kog~her wlth the carbon ~;
a~oms ~o which ~hey ~re al~tach~d ~arm a c~rcloaïkenv~l or ~;
heterocylLc ~ing; ~: .
R2 is ~N~R,)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nlkrogen ~n~a~ h~ L~ rl~g ~hl~:h i ~s^~ t~
substitu~ed with at l~ast one alkyl substitu~n~;
~ach RJ ~S ind~Dend~ntly hydrog~n or low~r a lkyl;
j and ~r ea~h a~o indep~rlden~ly an ln~eger f~om 0 to ~;
q is an int~ger rom 0 to 2; ~nd i~
~'~h t;~e pr3v:so thaL ~he compoun~ ls noL a~ iod'ns radioisotope o (N-dleth~laminoethyl)-4~iodobenzamide. :.
~r The present invan~ion slso provlde~ a method f~ m.s~ ,m,~ m,r~-~ wh~ rh ~ n~ ~g : administering to a mammal a compo~i~lo~ including a tumor-inhi~l~inq amount o~ a compound o~ ~ormula ~.
The prssent inventlon ~urther pro~ides a 25 method for diagnostic lmaying o a mammali~n tissue which has cell surface sigma recep~ors which lncludes :.
administering to a mammal a dlagnostLG imaging amount o~
a compound o~ ~he pxesen~ invention and detecting an image o a tissua having an abundance o~ cslls with sigma receptorS,~
A further aspect of the present invention provides a method ~or in vitro detec~ion of a canc~r '';
:~ 35 ;~
SllB~ ~ ,","
WO94/26314 PCT~S93/04309 ~39~ 6~ .
, .
l cell in a mamm~lian tissue sample which includes contacting a mammalian tissue sample with an in vitro ,~:
diagnostic imaging amount o~ a compound of formula I for a time and unde~ conditions su~ficlent ~or blnding of , 5 the compound to the cancer cell and detectlng ~uch ~ndlng. ~: Ano~h~r aspect ~ ~he pre~n~ invention pro~dss ~ prs4~ mp~un~ f ~o~rr.u1 a ~, g . ~ . a compoun~ of any one o ~ormula~ X or XV.
Q
P.a ~ ~
~ ~ CZ ~ ~3~ CH2- R4 XI
~ ' .
~i )., ~ - (C~,)2-C~ (C:i2)2- ~, ;;I
(~
y :
Ra~
(CH2)J--C~ NR3--(C~23n~ )2 I~
~,:; Rb~
( R ~
wherein Z, Rn ~ Rb, Rl, ~, ; are as described ~bove;
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating ~roup; .~.
R4 is - NtR3)2~or an N-linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at , :
~ ;
:, ;, .....
WO 94/2Ç314 21~ 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 -7- :
1 l~ast one alkyl substituent, wh~rein each R3 is independently lower alkyl or hydrogen; . ::
R5 is a g or 6 memb~red nitrogen containin~
heterocyclLc ring which can have at least one alkyl 5 substituent;
m i~ an integer ~rom 2 to 6;
n i~ an lnt~ger ~rom 3 ko 6. Such pre~er~ed c3~pounds can ~lse ~ ~s~ in th~ me~ho~s o~ ths p~ssant invention~
Compo~ltions ~nd klt~ con~alning ~h~ p~es~nt comp~unds are al~o ~ro-~ld~d harsln.
BRIEF ~ :
Flg, 1 illus~at~e~ ~h~ log molar amoun~ of :~
15 nonradioacti~e IPAB needed ~o comp~ltively inhiblt binding of ~adloactive IP~B to malignan~ melanoma cells. `;
The Kl obtained '~om thess data wa~ 6.8 nM. ,;
~ i~. 2~ p~O'~'J d~ a s~in~is-a~ .a~
obt2ined at 6 hrs. ater a nude mouse beari~g a human ~n malignan~ melanoma tumor rec~ived ~3lI]PA~, ~h0 arrow l ~r~ l r~ h~ ~ n~ t..... ~.~mc~ ;
Fia. 2B provide~s a scin~igraphic lmage obtained at 24 hrs. a~er a nude mouss bearing a human mall~nant melanoma tumor rec~i~ed [l3~I]PAB. The axrow 25 indicates the implanted tumor.
Fig. 3A provides a scintigraphic image obtain2d at 6 hrs. aft~r a nude mouse bearing a human `:
mallgnar,t ~a..oma ~U~..G~ ~a~ d ~ 13~ ,A2 . ~ e ~--e~
lndicates the implanted tumor.
Fig. 3B provides a scintigraphic ima~e obtained at 24 hrs. after a nude mouse bearing a humarl :
", 1 ~' SUE3STITUTE~ StlEEr ~:
. . .
WO 94/26314 PCT/US93/043a9 :,`,, ~9~3 ~8- , ~
1 malignant melanoma tumor received [l3lI]DAB. The arrow ;:
indicates the implanted tumo~.
. .
Fig. 4 provides a scin~igraphic image obtained at 30 hrs. after a nude mouse bearing a human lung 5 adenocarcinoma tumor rec~ived ~ I]P~B, The arrow indicates the implanted tumor.
DETAIL~D D~SC~r~TTON ~ TXE XN~NT~ON:
The present ln~n~lon pro~id~s nov~l compounds 10 and methods ox detec~in~ and t~ating ~rt~ln typss o~
canc~r, ~.g. n~u_o~7~ mas, glioma~, ph~s~hr~moc~tom~t msl~nomas, colon, renal and lung carcinomas. The campounds of the p~e~ent inv~ntl~n bind to ~ cell surface slgma recep~or and exhlbit ~xqulslte cell 15 speciicity and affini~y or ~h~ abo~ cancerous cells .
and for cells having sigma rec~ptors.
In one embadim~n~ tha pres~nt in~ention ls p~
di~2c~ed to a method for de~actlng a ma~alian tumo~ ~
whlch includes admlnis~e~ing to a mammal a diagno~tic .i.
imaging amoun~ of a compound o~ ths pr~sènt lnv~ntion, ~ n.~i ~h c c- ~ ',r ~ r.~ ~ Q ~ cl n~ t ~ h, ~ ~ ~,7 _ ~ g ~3 ~ ~ _ .
the mammal; wherein ~he compourld is of any one o~
; formulae I, II, III or IV: ;~
X .:
Ra I ~ (CH2)~-C~ - NR3-~CH2)~-~R~ I
Rb/~ .
tR,,~ ~
W094/26314 213 9 ~ 0 3 pcTl~ss3ln43os .:
l Q ~:
~a ~ ~.:
1 ~ (C~Z)i CZ ~ NRJ- CH2 -R~
t~
~a ~ ll;
~ ~ ~CH2~ CZ ~ NR~(C~2)m~ R~
F~b~ "~''~' tP.,,)~ :
~ (CH~ C~--N~-(CH~)n- N(~ IV
whe~Qin ~
X is a radionucl ide; : i :
Q is a radlonuclldQ, halide or an act;i~rating arau~:
z i s =o o r ~wo - H;
each R~ is independen~ly H, halo, low~r alkyl or }ower alkoxy; :~
2 R~ and F~b arQ lndependently ~, halo, lower 5 alkyl, lower alkoxy or ~ and Rb together wlth khe carbon atoms to which ~hey are attached ~orm a cya.Loalkenyl hs~e~Qcvlic rin~:
R2 is - N(R,)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nltrogen . ;
containlng he~erocyclic ring which is unsubstltuted or ~:.
3 substituted with at least one alkyl substi~uenk;
I, ~ ~ '.''.
,~,,"""
~; 35 ,. .
, .
W094/26314 ~39~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 --10- ;
1 each R3 is ind~penderltly hydrogen or lower alkyl; ~ .
R4 ls ~ N~R,)2 ox an N~linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containlng he~erocyclic rin~ whlch can have at 5 least one alkyl subs~ituent, wherein ~ch ~J iS
independently lawex alkyl or hydrogen~
~ a 5 or 6 memberod ni~rogen containing hoterocycllc ring which ~an hav~ a~ Qns ~lk~l sub~tituent; ;~
~O ~ and y ar~ independ~ntl~ an lnteger Erom 0 ~o ~; '.' q is an int3ger ~rorn O to 2, m ls an intog~ ~rom ~ to ~
n is an in~egor ~rom 3 to 6; and 15 with the proviso tha~ the~compound is not an iodine ~adioisotope o~ (N-diethylamino~thyl)-4-lod~b2nzamide. ~
The presen~ lnvention also pro~id~ a msthod ~; :
: fo_ 4rea~'r.g a mam~2'ian t~ wh~ch ir~ ud3~ ;.
: : administerîng to a mammal a compQ~ltlon includlng a .`~:
2~ tumor-inhiblting amount of a comp~und o~ ~ormula I, II, ;~
III or I~
The present ~n~ention urth~ pro~ides a method for diaanostlc imaging of a mammalian tissu~
which has cell surface sigma receptors which includ~s 25 administering to a ma~mal a diagnosti~ imaging amount of a compound of the present inventLon and det~cting an image of a tlssue having an abundance of cells with : ~igma receptors.
The pres~nt In~ention furthex provides a ~::
method for in vitro detection of a cancer cell in a mammalian tissue sample whlch includes contaating a ~:
: mammallan tlssue sample with an in vLtro diag~ostic j";',~
~ , ~u~
.... : . . .. . .. ~ . . , -WO ~4/26314 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT/US93/04309 1 imaging amoun~ of a compound of ~ormu}a I for a tlm~ and ~ .
under c~nditlons su~lclen~ for blnding o~ the compound to the cancer cell and de'cecting such bindlng.
When used :eor diagnos~ic imaging X or Q as a ~;
5 radionuclide is us~d. Moreove~ X o~ Q radlonuclide groups which are preerably us~d ~or dlagno~tic lmaging ar~ y-emittlng radionuclides whl~h can be d~tected by radloimag i ng~ prorsdurss, ~ ~ g . by ~cintl~~a~ m~gi;~g .
Such ~-em~ting radionuclide~ eml~ radial:ion which ls 10 gu~icentl~ penetrating to be cletec~sd ~hrollgh tl~sue~. ;
M3re~er, for dl~Gne~ic irnaging p--s~ r~ nu~
do not emi~ a particl~, ~.g. a~ cx or J3 partic:le.
P~eferred X and ~ groups for dla~n~sk~c imagins lnclude lZ3I 124~ 125~ F 7~r and 77~r. ~ore preerr~d 15 and Q groups for diagnos~ic im~ging include lZ~ 2sI and 9F. l23I is especlally preferr~d ~or di~gn~stlc im~g~ng. `~
When used ~or therapeukic purpo~s X or Q as a radlonucl~de is used. Pre~erably X and ~ radionuclides employed for therap~ are ~-em3~t3Ang or an a~mitting i 20 radionuclides. HOW9~Q~. as contemplatsd h~r~in, ~n~
activity can be used in plac~ of a X o~ Q radienl~cl~d~
The pref~rred X and Q grsup~ ~o~ tre?ting c-~nc~_s ;:
i cl~lde l31I 2ll~t al2pb, 2lzBi, 76~r, "Br and ~he like~
25 How0ver, compounds for trea~ing cancer more preferably ~;~
have X or Q as ~
: As provided herein Q is a radionuclide, a ~a;~de o~ an activ~ing g~oup. Compound~ ha~ing Q as a halide or an activating group are provided as non~
3O radioactive compounds o~ the pres~nt inven~ion which can be readily converted in~o the correspond.~ng radioactive : compound. Since the utility of a radioactive compound , ~
":
8UE35TlTlJTE SHEET
W~94/26314 ~39~03 -12~ PCT~S93/04309 1 relates to the speciflc activity of such a radioactive compound, it is often pxeferred to add ~he radionuclide just before use. Accord.~ngly compounds having Q as halide or as an actlva~ing group are provlded, for 5 example, in a orm useful for storage or t~ansport.
When Q is a halide~ such a halide is ~ .
preferably Br or I.
A~ pr~ldQ~ h~aln ~ h~n~ u~ ~3 a group which is easlly dlsplaced by a radionucllde ~ia :~:
el~ctrophillc ar~matic ~ub~ti~u~lon. Pr~err~d a~ki~atlng g~oup3 lnclude ~ri~ tln, ~Jm~h~ls~
t-butyldime~hylsilyl, lodld~ and ~he llke.
According ~ ~he pres~n~ ln~n~lon Z ~s =O or two h~drogen a~om subskituents. Slnce the -C~ moiety 15 ls ad~acent ~o an amine, wh~n Z is ~O an ~mlde (-CO-MH~
is ~ormed, When Z ~s two hydrogen atoms a meth~len0 t-CH2-) is formed. There~ore ~ompound~ o th~ present lnvention can be amide or alkylamlno compounds, e.g.
compounds o ~oxmula I can have one o~ the following side ch2ins~ -Crl2 ~ y R2 ~ -~ ( CH2 ) ~ CH2 -~R ~-- ( C~2 ) y F~2 ' In a preferr~d embodlment ~ ~9 ~, i.e. th~ ~CZ- group forms a ca~bonyl. When -CZ-NR~- is -CH2-NR~-, the R, is , .
25 preferably an alkyl.
The term lower alkyl, when used sinyly ar in combinatiQn, refers to al~yl groups con~aining one to s~x ~ .s. ~o-~2r ~kyls may De straign~ cnain or branched and include such groups 2S methyl, ethyl, .~ 1 30 propyl, isopropyl, butyl, s~c-hutyl ~ isobutyl, k-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopen~yl, hexyl and the like. Tho preferred alkyl groups contain one to four carbon akoms.
: 35 , SUBSTITUTE S~ ET
213~3~03 W0~4t26314 PCT~S93l04309 -~3-.
1 ~s used herein, a lower alkylene, singly or in combination with o~her groups, contains up to slx carbon ~:
atoms in the maln chain and a total of 10 carbon atoms if the alkylene is br~nched. Lower alkylene groups 5 include methylene, ethylene, propylene, i~opropylene, butylene, t~butyl0ne, ~ec~butylene, isobutyl0n0, ~: .
am~lene, isoamylene, pen~ylen~, isap~ntylene, hexyl~ne I ;
and th~ lik~. ~h~ ~r~Q~red low~r ~lkylsn~ aroups ~::
contain one to four carbon ~toms.
lQ The ~r~ cycloalk~nyl r~fers ko ~ pa~tially j.
sa~uraLed c~;~lic s~ruç~ur~ . a ~ng, ha~l~g 3~7 ~ing carbon atoms which can have one or ~wo unsaturations.
Since ths cycloalk~nyl group~ o khe pr~nt lnvention are fused to a phenyl mo.lety such cyclo~lkenyls a~e 15 partially unsaturatQd. ~he sub~ect cycl~alk~nyls groups l~clude such groups ~s cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexeny~ ~nd cyclohept~nyl rings.
A3 ~ h~3~ r a~ t~ a~g ~
alkyl group attached to the main chaln vla an oxygcn atom.
~al~ ref~r~ t~ ~ haloa~n, ~eclally bromin~, iodine, chlorine and 1uo~ine. A~ used hereln a halo group is a commonly available, non-radioactive halogen :~
i~otope. Preferred h~lo group.s include io~ide, ~:~
25 chlorlde, bromide and the lik~
As employed hereln, a h~terocylic ring means a sa~urated, partiaLly saturated or aromatic heterocyclic ~ h~ r.~ ~4 l~ac~ c~.e nltregen or oxvu~n ring atom. ~: .
As is known to the skilled artisan a saturat~d heterocyclic ring has no double bonds. As used herein a :
partially saturated heterocyclic .ring can has at least one double bond.
:
:,, ;, ,~
wo g4~2~l4 9 Q3 -14- PCT/US93l0430g l The present heterocyclic rings can have tlp to three heteroa~oms and up to a total of six ring atoms.
Accordingly heterocyclic rlngs o the present invention .:
can havQw abou~ ~ to abou~, S ring carbon a~Qms, . .. :.
5 Pre~0rably a heterocycllc rln~ has only one nikrog~n or one oxygen he~eroa~omt or one nl.~rogen atom ~nd one oxygen he~ero~tom. He~eroc~cliG r$ng~ can also hav~ a ~:
m~xtu-e cf r.~ro~n or oxygen hetexoa~oms, e.g. .~`
morpholine wl~h one oxygen ~nd on~ ni~rogen. It is lO pre~erred that the hekerocylic rlng ~nt~ln one or two r- ng hetQ-oa_oms t m~s~ preLgrred iS ene ~ing ni~rogen or oxygen he teroatom .
H~terocyclic rings o~ the p~esent ln~ntlon are monocyc~ic; such mono~ycllG rings can ~ fused to a 15 phenyl ring to form a bic~clic ring.
Representativ~ partlally saturated and heteraaromaklc heterocyciic rlngs include ~u~an, pyran, ox24ine ~ i soxazine ~ pyrr~le ~ pyrazole ~ pyrid~n~, pyrazine, triazole, tetrazole, tri~zine, pyrlmidlnQ, 20 pyridazine, furazan and th~ llk~. ~r~s~
he~rQ~ "r~ J~ *~ L~i~a an~ tn~
Representative saturats~ hsts~cycli~ rin~
include tetrahydro~uran, pyrazol~dine, ~m~d2zolidine, pyrrol~dine, aæetidine, piperidine, piperazlne and 25 mO~pholine, As used herein ~ and R~ are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb to~ether n ~ ~h ~he carbon a~oms tO wnich they axe attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring. When R~ and Rb ! ` ~ 3o together form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring, such a ring is fused to the phenyl.
.;';
' ' .
,;.
WOg4/26314 213 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 j -lS-1 Such a cycloalkenyl rlng ~ormed from R~ and Rb ;.
has only one unsaturation in ~he cycloalkenyl ring and that unsa~uration is centlibut,ed by the phenyl ring to ~ :
which t,he cycloalkenyl is fused. While a cycloalkenyl 5 formed by R~ and ~b can be a 5 o~ 6 membared rlng, such ring~ are pre~erably 5 memb~r~d r~ng~, e.g.
cyclopentenyl. Examplss o~ ~he ~u~ed cycloalkenyl-ph~ny1 rin~ inclu~e ind~n~;l and t~trahïdr~n~hthll, s.g~, 5,6,7,~-~etrahydronaph~h~l, and the like. ~;
. lO Wh~n a,het0roc~cllc ring i8 ~orm~d by R~ and : R~, the he~Qr~s~cll~ ring ~re~rablv h~ ~ne nltroaan o~
oxygen hetexoa~om and 5 o~ 6 ~ing atom~. A~ u~ed herein, he~erocyclic is as ds~insd hereinabo~. The heterocyclic ring cont,ains at l~as~ ~wo rlng carbon atoms when the h~kerocyclic ring is a 5 membered xing, and the num~er o~ ring carbon a~om~ p~es~n~ can range from 2-4 carbon xing atoms. ~h~n ~he heterocycllc ring ;~
~s a 6-m2."~ere~ ~iny/ the numD~r of ring carbon atoms ,,;
can range from 2-5 ring carbon a~oms. ~hu~, ~h~ to~al number of ring carbon atoms will r~nae rom 6-~ xlng memberQd heterocyclic rlny and ~-~ ring carbon atoms I :
when ths phenyl ring is fuss~ to a 5-mem~srad ~`
heterocyclic ring~ The heterocyclic ring can corltain up ;~-25 to 3 ring heteroatoms. The preferred ring hetaroatoms : are oxygen and nitrogen, especl~lly oxygen. Proferred heterocyclic rings forrned by R~ and Rb include :~
dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyrrolyl, tetrahydropyridinyl and the like.
As provided herein each R, is indep~ndent~y H, ~:.
halo, lower alk~l or lower alkoxy, In a preferred embodiment Rl is H, halo or lower alkoxy. More .,; .
. .
1 : .
8UE~ST~TUTE~ 5HEE~T
WO 94/26314 ~,~39~ PCT/US93/04309 1 pre~err~d R~ groups include H and halo. ~lowever, ln one ; .
ernboclimen~ R1 is preferably alko~
The variable q is defined hereln as an iAt~gsr ranging from O to 2 whlch descr.ibe~ khe number of R~
5 groups on the phenyl m~ie~y. Sinc~ ~he phenyl is aiso subs~itu~ed with R~, Rb, X ~or Q) and a ~i~e ch~in amiAe or a~ine moi~y, the maxlmal number a~ R, groups ls ~
(i,~. q ca~ maxima~ly ~e ~). Wh~n ~ i~ less ~h~n 2 some positions on ~he phsnyl group a.re unsubs~l~utsd; in thls 10 case a hydrog~n ls presant ~t ~h~ p~ ions h~ving na R, ~U~ P~ u~3 ~r ~ a ~0 1. An espec~ally preferr~d ~alue or q ~s 0, i~e. kh~ phonyl has hydrogen at all poslti.ons ~xc~pt khoss o~cup~.ed by R~, R~r X (or Q) and th~ amide ~ amirle slde chain 15 moiety .
In a preferx~d ernbodiment the Q(o~
Ra ~b~ .
g~oup i5 selected fxom the i~ollowlng: I :
y~ Q/~>~
~` 1 3O
35 Q ~l or E~r , SU13STITUTE SHE~ET
,. ..
,::
WO94/26314 21 3 9~ ~ PCT~S93/04309 '' "'~
;;
Q ~ s ,;
~:~
:, ' wherein Rl is as descrlbe~ hereinabove and Q is a radionuclide ~e~ ), a h~lide or an actl~at.Lna reup.
_ A~ J-~a~ c~ J~ ) vr membered ni.~rogen containing h~t~roc~ic ring whi~h is .:~
unsubstitu~ed or substitu~e~ with ~t l Q~S~ cnQ ~1 k~
substituQn~; wherein each R3 i5 independenkly hydrsgen ~-25 or lower alkyl. Prefexably ~3 is lower al~yl in the -N(R~)2 ~roups of the pr~sent invention. Pre~erred R2 heterocyclic rings include N-piperidinyl r N- ~ .
pyrroliàinyi, ~-pyridinyl, N-morpholinyl, N-pyrrolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrldlnyl, morpholinyl or 3~ pyrrolyl, which can be substituted with an R6 lower alkyl. R6 i5 preferably attached to the ni~rogen o ~he piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl rings.
: `
'`.
. .
$UE3STITUTE SHlE~ i~
:.
wo 94~2~14 9~ PCT~S93/~4309 l In one embodiment R2 can be R4 as defined herein. In another embodiment ~ can be ~5 as de1ned herein. In stlll another embodim2nt R2 can be ~ N(R3)2 a~ deflned herein.
As provided herein, R4 is ~ N(R3) 2 or an N-llnked 5 to 6 membered ni~rogen containing he~erocycllc rlng whlch can have ~t le~st one alkyl subskltuent. ~g da~in~d h~r~in N~l~n~ m3ar.~ ~ha~ th~ nitrogen containing h~terocycllc ring 19 attached to th~ maln lO chaln ~hrough a nitrogen ~om. R4 is us~d in ~ormula II
to lndlcate ~ ~re~er~n~e ~ h~a~ ec ~hs ~J ~-v~
pr~ent wi~hln ~he heterocyclic rlng ~o the main chain.
Preferred R4 h~t~rocycli~ rlngs include rings o~ the ~ormulae:
R
or ~5 R~
X~ ~
-N~
3 .
".''''' ..
:~
'.':".,'.
SOE3STITUTE SHE~T
.. .
WO94/26314 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 1 wherein R6 ls hydrogen or lower alkyl and each i is ,~;
independently an .integer from 0 to 1. Preferred R
heterocyclic rings inclu~e N~pipe~ldinyl, N~
pyrrolidinyl, N py.ridine and ~he like. ' In another embodiment pxeerred compounds have .
he~erocyclic xings tha~ ~r9 not at~achQd ~ia ~he rLng ni~rogen, ~5 is used in formula ~ o d~scrlb~ such l~
com~ounds, wher~in ~5 is a ~ o~ 6 membered nit~ogen ~ ;;
containing heterocyclic rlng which c~n hav~ a~ s~ one lO alkyl substltuont. In a p~erred ~mbodlm~nk R5 i~ ~ny ~`
c~ h~ ~oll~
R-~ , R~$(~N
R.~ , R,~ r t CH2 ) ~ NR
2~ R6 wherein each i is ~ndependently an integer from 0 to 1 and R6 iS nydrogen or lower alkyL. More preferred Rs heterocyclic rings include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or :
, 30 which are N-substituted wIth an Rs lower al~yl, or ..
pyridinyl which can have an R5 lower alkyl. Such an R6 ~`
1"'.,;.
` . . .
il ., ..:;", &UBSTITUTE SHEET
',~
wn 94/26314 ~39~3 -20- PCT~S93/04309 l lower alkyl is preferably methyl, ekhyl, propyl or butyl. . l;~
The compounds ~f ormula IV have an -N(R3)2 group which is hydrayen or lower allcyl. In a prefexred 5 embodimen~ for ~N~R3), R~ is lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethrl, propyl or butyl.
The variable ~, as u~d har~in, re~ers ~o an integer r~n~ing ~r~m 0 te 5 whi~h deLLneS tha l~gth the alkylene chain sepa~atlng ~h0 phenyl and -CZ-lO mo~e~ies o~ the ~esent compo~nd~. Pref~rably, ~ i~ an ~ntege- L ro~ C t~ 3 . ~re ~ 3~1y, ~ 13 an intager ::
rom 0 to 2. Far compound~ where CZ- is ~CO , ~ ig pref~rably 0.
As de~ined herein y is 0 to 6. ~he variable y 15 defines the ~ength of th~ alkylene chaln separatlng the -CZ-NR3- and ~2 grQups ln the -CZ-N~3 ~(CH2)y~ Rz moiety of formula I. Preferably y is l ~o 3; more preferably y is 1 to 2.
Llke y, the vaxlable m de~ines th~ 1~ngth of ::
ths a~kyl Q~ ~h,_~ " ~g~3_3~y ~h~ J~ a~d t~ Rs y-r~p in ~ne -~Z~R~-~CH2 )m~ mol~ty of f~rmula III. ::
The v~riable m is an ln~eger ranging ~om ~ to 6.
However, m ~s pr~era~ly 2 to 4 and m~re preferab1y 2 ~ : ko 3.
: 25 The leng~h of ~he alkylene chaln separating ';
the -CZ-NH- and the -N(R~)z moietles in formula IV ~s described herein by n. The vaxiable n is an lntegex ranging ~rom 3 ~o 6. In a preferred embodlment n is 3.
Preferred compounds o~ the present lnventlon .:
include the followlng.
.~
` ::
""
i~`
SUBSTITUTE SHE T
, ,:
; .- ~ .. - ~; .
2139~ 03 .;
WO 94/26314 PCT/US93/04309 ~ ~
. .
o ~ow~x low~
a~ o ~ \~ a1k~
, '.
'', ".
o~N1;~
lo~r al~g~
iower r I~' ~ ~O- ai~cyi ,~
o M~
"~3 ` ' ~ ~ ~35 1`~
:
~31lJElSTITUTE SHEET ~:~
..... ...... ..... ... .
wo 94/~6314 ~ ~3 -22- PCT/US931û4309 k~ }~ t~
:1 ower al~yl-O~ ~ ~o~ lowe~ alkyl J~o lower alkyl ~- lower ~lkyl :: 2~
C) NH t C~ R~
o~ ~t 3 ~
"~.
''~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET
`
2139~0.~
--~3--~ ~(\N~
~ R
~X ~'''`'' C~ or ~r o~ C~II~VN(ll,), I 13 >
or SU13STITUTE SHE~ET 1 ~
WO94/26314 PCT~S93/04309 ~9~3 -24-1The various combinations and permuta~ions of the Markush groups o~ X, ~, Z, R~, Rb, Rl, R2, R3~ R4 and R~ described her~in are contempla~ed ko be wlthin the scope of the presen~ invention. Moreover, the present ~.
5 in~en~lon al~o encompas~es compounds and composltions :.
which contain les~ than all o~ the elements in the ; ;
Mar~ush grouplng. Thus, the p~es0n~ compounds and composltions con~ain one or more elem~nt~ o~ sa~h o~ tha Markush grouping~ in X, Q~ r ~b~ R2, RJ~ R~ and 5 lO and ~he ~arlous combina~lons ther~o~. Thus, ~or examDl~, ~he pres~n~ ~n~nt~on ~n~ m~ s ~ha~ ~. ma~
be one or more ~ th~ subs~ltuen~ lls~sd h~reinabov~ o~
any and all o~ the subs~ituonts o ~(X~)2, R4 an~ R~
The pr~sent compoun~ can blnd ~o a speciflc 15 cell recep~or preva~ent on certaln types o cancer cells. Such canc~r c~lls include ~ung car~inoma, colon carcinoma, renal carcinoma, melanoma, glloma, ` .
pheochromoc~.~tema, neu-~blas~e~ and r~la~ed cell~. An .~;
example of ~he cell recep~or to whlch the pres~nt 2Q compounds bind is a cell surace ~igma r~c~ptor. .:
The binding cha~c~ri~ic~ ~ 4h~
compounds were de~ermined by observing whether bindlng :~.
was inhib~ted by known sigma rece~tor antagonists. Many antagonis~s are known which ha~e demonstrated binding .~
25 specificikies for a given cell s~rface receptor. Such .--antagonists can be tested as comp~titive lnhlbi~ors ~or cellular binding by compounds o~ the pres~nt invention. ,:
If a c~iven anta~oni st 1~ ~ Cc!!'!2~Qt $ t~ ~:s ' -.hi~ l ~ ,r ~'.e recepto.r to which the antagonisk binds must also bind 3O the subject compounds.
For example, as demonstrated by the present inventors, a malignan~ melanoma cell llne blnds the.
:
' ';:
'',~
SUBSTITUTE SHEFr `
i ~
WV94/26314 213 9 ~ 0^3 PCT~S93/04309 1 present compounds wi~h s~rong specifîcity and affinity.
Only antagoni.st~ which bind ~o the same site as the ~;~
presen~ compounds can inhibit binding ~f the sub~ect compounds. ~n~agonists which can be tested include 5 antagani~ts speci~ic or cell recepto~s such as sigma (e.g. uslng SE2466-2), sigma-l ~e~g. ~uphana~lne ~t low concentrations~, sigm~ a~ luph~nazln~ at hlgh ~;
co~cgn~a~i~n~ Cp3~ n~ .g. ~ 3~ am~
(e~g. raclop~ide), melan~cyt~ ~cre~ing ho~mone raceptor lO ~e g m~lanocyte ~ec~a~lnc1 ho~m~r~s peptide), S~ ~:~
h~dro~rypt~mln~ . mians~rin3, ~-hydroxJ- ~:
~ryptamine- la ( e . g . N~N~l90), 5-hy~roxytryp~amlne~lc (e.g. ketanserins), S-hydroxykryptamin~ e.g.
k~tanserine and mianse~in ) and 5~hyd~oxytryp~amin~-3 15 ( e . g . 3-tropanyl-dichlorob~n ) c~ ecep~or~ and the like. ~.
As provlded hereln, antagonlsts wlth d~ n~_a~P~ ~S~d~ 2~ci~'~'L, ~O~ ~1! sur~ s'~a receptoxs (e.g. ~luphenazine) can act as c~mpetltlve '!'''~,'"
"~ binding inhlbitors or compoun;ls oE the present ~n~ nt~ n,, `Tn, ,~~ c~ n,L~ h~t d~ ind ~
cell sur~ace sigma recep~ors cannot lnhibit bindlng of l the present compounds to meLanoma cells. Thereore, ~he present compounds can bind ~o cell sux~ace sigma 25 recep~ors. :;
Cell types which have sigma receptors lnclude normal neural ~issues (e.g., brain, ~pinal cord and the ~ a~ -w~ a~ l~n~ ~ar~ ~! r.~ vlv~. ~a~ 2, carcinoma, melanoma, pheochromocy~oma, glioma, neuro~lastoma and the like. For example, several lung carcinoma cell types have demonstrated binding afinity for the present compounds including an adenocarcinoma, a SUBSTITOTE SIHEET
W094/2~14 ~9~303 -26- PCT~593/04309 1 squamous carcinoma and large cell lung carcinoma cells. .:::
In a ~ur~her example metas~atic malignant melanoma cells ~.
ha~e demonstra~ed high a~finlty and speci~icity ~or the present compounds. In a preferred embodiment the l .;
5 present compounds are used to detec~ and treat melanomas l:
and non-small cell ~ung carclnQma ~N~C~C). Such N5CLC .:~
cancers lnclude lung adenoc~rcinom~, lung ~quamous cell .
carclnoma, large cell lung c~rclnoma and th~ like. ~:~
Accordlng to the pre~ent invention a metho~
10 for de~ecting a mammali~n ~umor ar a ~issu~ containing cell surf3ce sigm~ ra_~pL~ inslu~ admini~ring to a mammal a compositlon lncluding a diagnostlc imaglng amount of at 10~st one of L~he pr~s~n~ compound~. Such a diagnos~ic lmaging ~mount is a dosage of a~ leask one of ;~
15 the sub~ect compounds which pe~mlts~sufflci~n~ ~umor or tissue localizatlon of the compoun~ ~o aLlow detection of the tumor or tissue. Thls dosage can ~ange from ~:
about ahou~ 1 yg ~o about l g of the compound per li~r which can be administered in do~es o~ abou~ 1 ng/kg body ~:~
weight to about 10 ua/~ bod~ wsiaht. ~r~s~r~d do~ag~s __ ~ ~ ' r.. .
:: ^$ ~ r`~5~ J a-a J~ yc UL ~ iL iU ~g ~' to about 2 ug~kg ~or diagnos~ic im~ing. Mor~o~sr, ~or diagnostlc imaging the amount Q~ radioact~lty administerod should be conside~ed. Preerably about 0.1 25 mlllicuries (mCi) to about 20 mCi of radio~cti~e compound is administered.
As described herein a tumor or tissue labeLed w~_h ~.e o. ...c~a 0c th~ s~n' c~ urlds can ~e detected using a radiation det~c~or, e.g. a y-radiation detector. One such procedure utllizes scintlgraphy.
Tomographic imaging procedures such as single photon . ::
emission computed tomography ~SPECT) or positron ~:
....
. !
SUBSTITUTE 5HE~ET
213 9 ~ 0 3 PCTIUS93104309 WO94/~14 -~7-., ,'.~.
l e~is~ion tomo~raphy (PET) can also be used to improve vlsualizat~on.
In ano~her ~mbodiment the presen~ invent~ion ls dlrected to a me~hod for treating a mammalian tumor ;.~
5 which includes administQring to a mammal a composition :~;
including a ~umo~-inhibiking amoun~ Q~ a~ l~ast one `~;~
compound of the present ~nventlon. Su~h ~ tumor~
inhlbit~ng amount is 2n amoun~ o~ ~ lsa3t on~ o~ ~h~
subjec~ compounds which p~mits ~u~lcl~n~ tumor l~ loc~lization of the compound to diminish tumo~ g~owth or s~zs. As ~ s~ aw~h Q~ ar.
monltored by any known diagno~ic imaglng procedure, e.g. by using the pres~nt me~hod~. This dosage can range from about O.l mmol~/kg body w~ight to about S00 15 mmoletkg body weight. A p~e~er~d ~o~ag~ ls ~bout 5 to about 50 mmole/kg body weigh~
The amount of radioacti~lty adminlst~rad can ;a-i d_p2nding on the typ8 of radionuclide. Howe~er, with this in mind the amount of radioactivity which ls ;~
2~ administered can lJar~ f~om ab~u~ 1 ~rl ~o a~ mrl.
~:~f~ 'i, abv~-~ lv m~i tu ~bouc ouu m~
administ~r~d.
Moreov~r wh~n consid~r~ng a des~ for diagnostic imaging or therapy, the specific activity of 25 the radioactiv~ compound should be taken into consideration. Such a speciflc activity l~ preera~1y `:
very high, e.g. ~or l23I~labeled compounds the spsclic ~ s~.eu~ at l~as~ about l,uOu Ci~'mM to a~out 50,000 Ci~mM. More preferably the specl~lc activity 30 for ~Z~I-labeled ~ompounds ~5, e.g. about lO,OOû Ci/mM to about 22,0ûû Ci/mM.
;
SUBSTITUTE SHEr "` ,.
wo 94/26314 ~ ~3 -2~- PCT~593104309 l In another embodimen~ ~he present invention :;
provides a method for in vitro d~tection o~ a cancer ~:
cell in a mammalian tissue sample which includes contacting a mammallan tlssue sample with an in vitro 5 diagnostic imaging amou~t o.~ a compound o~ any one of ~ormulae I, II, III ox ~ ~or a ~ime an~ und~r conditions su~iclen~ ~or bindlng o the compound to a ~.
cell sur~ace sigma r~c~ptor on ~hs c~n~s~ ~ll and detecbing such binding.
Samples ~n be ~oL~e~ed by procedure~ known .
to the sk~l~sd a-~san, ~ y ~o ~ J ~ a ~'~3us biopsy or a body fluid, by aspira~ing ~or tracheal or ~:
pulmona~y samples and the like.
As used her~in any mammallan tlssue can bs :~
15 tested in vitro. Preerred tlssues ~or in vitro testing i~clude lung, bronchial,:lymph, ~kin, bra~n, li~er, any :~
tiS9119 o ner~ou~ orlgin and ~he li~. Sample~ can be se_~L^ne~, e.g. with a m.icro~ome, to ~acllita~e microscopic examina~ion and observ~tion oE b~und compound. Samples can also be ~x~ appr~p~labe ~;
~a~7'~ P~v~c u~ ~L~r incll~atl~n ~lth one ~f the pr~sent compounds ts impro~e ~he hi3~0lagical .~.:
quali~y o~ sample ti~sues.
Conditions suff iGient ~or binding of the 25 compound ~o a cell surface sigma receptor on the cancer ~`
cell include standard tissue culture ~onditlons, i.~.
~amples can be cultured in ~itro and incubat~d with one Or 'h~ ~rcs~nt compounds in physiological media. Such conditions are well known to the sXilled artisan. ...
30 Alternatively, samples can be fixed and then incubated with a ~ompound of the present invention in an isotonic or physiologlcal buffer.
;:
:``,;
SUBSTITIJITE SHE~T ,:
WO 94/26314 213 9 ~ O 3 PCT/IJS~3/04309 , ~
_~9_ ' ., ~n amount of a~ least one of the present ~;:
compounds f or in vitro detec~ion o~ a cancer cell can ~ ~:
xang~ f~om about 1 ng/l to about 1000 ~g/l. P. preferred ,;
amoun~ is abou~ 1 y~/l 'co ahout 100 ~g/l.
When the pr~s~nt compounds ar~ u~ed f or in vitro diagnosls o~ cancer :X or Q a~ a radionuclide is l:
~ ~ 1, .
u~ed, Preferable X and Q radionu~lldes o~ in vitro diagnosls o~ S~anc~ r lncLIld3 lZsI, l~F/ -~tS-al.kyl, -~sSoJt -3~so4~ -14C~ CH~ arld ~h~
For detection o~ cellula~ bindlrlg of on~ a th~ p~ga~n~ cornpounds r s~ s ~3r~ h~ J ~ b~3f' ' ;~
presence o a ~elect~d compound, th~n washed and counted in a standard scin~illa~on c~unter. Alternatively samples can b~ dipped ln pheto~muLsion and ~he sign~l 15 detected under light m~croscopy ~er several days, as exposed silver grains.
Co~pounds of ~he presen~ inv~ntion can be pr~pared by any p~oceduxe availabl0 to the skilled artisan using protec~ing groupsj lea~Lng group~
2~ activatin~ grou~s ~n~ ~h~ l$ke ~3 ..3e~e~. ~t rting ~ v~ c~n ve cnosen wnlcn nave ~he desir~d ~1~ P~a~ :
R3, R4, R5 and P~6 g~ou2s at the re~ulsite pa~itions.
Alternativgl y, 2 le~ sreup may be u~d in plac0 o the des $ red ~1~ R2, R~, R4 ~ R, or R6 group, and the 25 appropriate group may r~place the leaving group ln a later synthetic step. Another altexnat~ve ls to employ a protecting group on a reactive group whLch may be pr~san~ ~n scar~ing ma~erials, , an amine or slmilar reactive group on the chasen starting material. The use of leaving ar protecting groups prevents undesirable ~:
side reactions from occurriny, while permittlng desired reac~ions to take place.
:;
`~
' .
SUBSTITUTE S~IEET
,:
WO~4/26314 ~39 ~ PCT~S93/04309 l As is goner~lly known in ~he art, and for the purposes of the present invention, a leaving group ~s :~.
defined as a group which is r~adily broken away ~rom its union wi~h a carbon atom. ~These groups are readlly !~
5 L^ecognizable by one skilled in the art. Suitable leaving groups are generally el2ctron at~raatin~ groups, ,~:
either becau~ o~ ~helr el~ctronega~i~ity or b0cause they have an inducti~e e~ 4, ~n~ m~ lnclud3 ~oups such as halides, N3, ~IO-~ryl, or HSO3 Aryl group~, and lO the like. For ex~mple, a lea~lng group can be present a~ t~s p~s~t~n ~. X ~ n ~ ~t~ ~ln~ '3~
presenk compounds; such a l~aving group ls pre~arably a halide, e.g. Br or I.
A protecting group l~ co~al~ntly boun~ to a 15 reactive group ~o ~ender the r~a~tlv~ group un~eac~ive while a}lowing desi~ed rkactions to take~ place. To be useful, a protec~lng group must in ~ddi~i~n be easily rsmo;sd ~iLhGut cnemicaily al~ering the r~ainder o~ the ~:
molecule, and must regenerate the correct structure o 2a the reactive aroup. Exampl~ og p~ts~ sr~ups ~4e~s~ e ~t~ e~ ~,~mpi~, primary an~ secondary amino : groups include acetyl, carbobQnz~xy ~cle~ed by a~ld hydrolysis~, benzyl (clea~sd by catal~tic hydrogenation), tert-~utoxycarbonyl ~cleaved by mild 25 acid treatment) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (cleaved by secondary amines). ~ comprehensive revlew o useful protecting group~ is prov~ded in Greene, l9~l Protective ~-_?~ gLanic ~y~nesls (John W~ley & Sons, New York). :
As provided herein an activat~ng group is a ~;
: group whlch is easily d~splaced by a radionuclide via ~:
electrophilic aromatic substitution~ The activating ' ~ , ` :~
SUE~STITUTE SHEET
`~:
WO94/2~314 213~ i~3 . PCT~593/04309 j ~
l group is used ~o facilltate substitution of a '~
radionuclide onto ~he present compounds. Ac~ivating ¦;:
groups contemplated by the present lnvention include ~'~
tr~butyl-tln, ~rimethylsllyl, t~butyldlmethylsilyl, 5 iodide and the llke.
The present compounds can be prepared rom readily available starting materlal~, ~or exampl~, hy ~:
amldati~n of a ~ubstltuts~ pheni~ alX~lca~b~xilat~ or substltu~ed benzolc acid wikh ~n appropri~e ~mlne. ';
lO Such a reaction yleld~ a compound o any en~ o~ ormulaQ
I to I~.
In an ~xemplary procedùr0 or synthe~ls o a benzamide compoun~ of ~ormula ~, a substituted phenylcarboxyalkyl can b~ used ~s a skar~lng ma~erlal, 15 For example, a phenylcarboxy~lkyl ~) ha~ing a lea~ing group (Y) a~ the desired X ~or Q) posi~l~n can be amidated in the pre~ence of a halagenating reagent with an amine of formula VI, as depic~ed below.
~y ~ .
~ ~CH2)~ CO-- OH ~ NH~-~CH2)y R2 ~~--~
( R ~
v ~ ~ ' 3 ;~
~.
SILJBSTITUTE SH~
;, Wo 94/263l4 g~3 -32- PCT~S93/04309 ~(CHz)~--CO--NH--(CH2 )y--11~
~.
wherein Y 1~ a lea~i~g group ~n~ t, q t ~, ~ and 0 F~2 ~rl3 as de~cri~ed herein~bo~r~ . Pre~erably Y ls a halo ~ :
~roup, . g . Cl, 3~ o~ c~ea p~e~re~ x~ gr~ups ~re ~r in a meta p~ition arld I ln a pa.ra pa~ltion relatlv~ to the carboxyl group, wh~ th~ X c~r Q ~ to be placed in ~ ~;
suGh a rQspect~ve meta or pa~ po~l tion .
Halogenatlng reag~nt~ ~o~ the ab~v0 dasc~l~ed reaction includ~ t,hos~ which can con~re.r~ ~h~ ca~boxylate to an acid haIlde, e ~ g . thionyl halide such as SOCl2, ~ 15~ ~Cl3 and tne lik~. A pre~erred halog~nating reagent is SOC12 in ~h~ p~esence o~ c~imethylormamide.
~? To facilitate '~r:n~tJ~n Oc su~h an acid :
h.~ 2, ~ L~tion can ~e ne~ted to re~lu~
temperatusss. ~ ~refQrred s~l~ent for thls reaction is a nonpolar vol~t ~1~ sol~rerlt, ~, g . chloroIorm . The acid chloride 90 ormed is suf ~iciently stable to be ;
25 isolated, for example, by evaporation of solvent. After : conversion of V to the acid halide, the amine (e.g. ~
can be condensed with the acid halide in the presence of a ~2 ~uch as ~riethylamine. Ths solvent ~or this r~action is also pre~erably a nonpolar solvent, e . g . .:
3~ chlorof orm .
The skllled artisan can readily madify the reactions describ~d above to g~nerate a compound of any , ,~ .
. ..
8UB~IT LJTE SHEET
~ .
.
WO94/263l4 213 95 0 3 PCT~US93/0~309 ~;
~33-l one af formulae I, II, III or IV. For example, toproduce a compound o~ formula II, an am~ne o~ the formula NH2- CHz- R~ can be used in place of the compound of ~ormula VI. Sim~-larly, to pro~uce a 5 c~mpuund of formula III or IV, an amine of the ~ormula NH2~ ( CH2 ~ m - ~5 or NHz~ ~C~2)n~ N~J)2~ ~espectlvely, can ~ .
be u~ed in place o ~I.
W~sn Z i~ he lea~ing group ~') can be directly replaced to produce a compoun~ ~ any one af lO formulae I, I}, III or IV. When Z is two -~, the ~.
carhorlJ~l c~ ~ ~h~ ~^m~ ~e "~i~ti or~ed ~y .,h~ a~ov2 conden~ation must be conver~ed in~o a methylene. To convert the -CO-NH- to a -C~ ~NH- a reducing ~gsnt can be used, e.g. ~oron hydxide, so~um borohydrate, lithium 15 aluminium hydride and the lik~, ~ pre~erred reducing agent i9 boron hydride (~H3) in the presence of : tetrahydro~uran (THF). ~or exa~ple, the carb~nyL o a ;:
compound of ~ormula VI~ can be converted to a msthylsne by the following xeaction.
2~ y Ra ~
~ ( CHz ) ~--CO--N~ CH2 ) y--F~2 ~ ;
: ~R~
: : 25 -~:
VII
, ~
, .
:
,~
S~J~sTl~lJTE S
WO 941263fl4 PCTliflLJS93/04309 .,:
~39~Q3 34 tetrahydro~furan ~ / , , ;''~
~fa~,~
J~ ( cHa ) ffff~f~f f~f~fffN~ J~ ~ ~2 Jf y -R2 ~)ff~ ~:
10' ,,, :,.
When the Rf afff -CZ-NRf- is lnw~r alkyl, ~fuch a :;
lower alkyl is addeaff, o . g, b~ ff-fff l ksrl ation, af tfff-a ~,f 5 condensation orf the acid hff~fffll~le f~nd thfa amine and afl:f ff~
conver~fion of ~he amidf~ (-CO-~H-) tfO the ~lkylaminf~ffff l:
(-CH2-NH~ ) . Pffflkylation can be d;,n~ by any ff~rallabl2 procfff.?dure, e.g. ufffing an alkyl halicle with a 30dium salt in dimethylfformamlde ox ethanol ff Fo~ exampleff, fff~n alkyl :::
2f~ halLde ~f e . g~ ' f~fd~fms~han-f ) can bfe rfzac~fffad with a corrffffpounff I
ULf~ ~v~ in ff nff~ prfffff3qnc~ o~ sff3fff~um bicarff~fonate sodium carbfona~cff~ff using dimetn~.lf~ffrmamide a~ff s~fflvefffn'c.
T i~ ff~f compound of ar,ffy Of ne of fforrnffful fffffff~
or IV is de~ ~ red, a C? group can replace the Y leaving ..
25 group, e . g . on ~rII or VIII . ~s pro~lded herein Q is a radionuclide, a halid~ or an act~vating group. When Q
1.9 a halide a starting material having the cl~sired h~ e a~ tha posi~ion o~ Q an be utilized, ~.g. V can be bromophenyl carboxyalkyl, lodophenyl carboxyalkyl 30 iodobenzoic acid, and the l~ke. An activating group ::~
~an he placed at the position of Y by available pocedures to qenera~e a compound o any one of formulae ; 35 , ~;
W~94/2~14 21 3 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~US93/04309 ~35~
1 II, III or IV, wherein ~ is the ~ctivating group. The acti~ating group ~Q) can in turn be readily replaced by a radionuclide (i.e. X) to gen0rat~ compounds of formulae I, II, ~II or ~, wherein X i~ th~ desired 5 rad~nuclide.
For example, act.ivation can b~ achi~ved using palladium cat~lyzed s~arlnyl~tion with bls(trlbutyltin), as d~ict~d bslow. .;:~
~r :
lV ~ ~
2 ) ~C~ 3 - ~ C~2)y- ~2 V~ Ia ~ ~ a ) ¦ (triphenylpho~phlne) 4 palladlum ~tribu~yltln) 2 ~ / ~ tri~thylamine Q ~ :
Ra ~
I ~ (CH ~ O -~3~ !C~!y- ~Z ~X
~R~)~
In this case Q i5 tributyl~in (~u3$n). This reac~ion i~ ;~
25 effective whether Z i5 -O or two -H. .:~
When using t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBDMSCl) or trimethylsi1yL chloride with N hutyL ~::
~ ~ I hJu.. ~ C, ~-~u~ ithium, a protec~ing group (R1) is ~::
first placed on the -CZ-NR~- ~mine, i ~3 .iS hydrogen.
3O When the R3 of the -CZ-NR~- is lower alk~l, no such protecting group is nQeded~ Protecting groups used for a -C~-NR3- amine can be any protecting group for a :~
: secondary amine~ e.g. carbobenzoxy (i.e. CBz, cleaved by .
,~
~....
.
SUBSTITlJTE SHE~Er WO94/~14 ~ 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 l acid hydrolysis~, benzyl (cleaved by ca~alytic hydrog~nation)~ tert-butoxycarbonyl (l.e. t~BOC, cleaved by mild acid treatment) and the like. The silylation reaction ~n then be performed as depic~ed below, e.g~
5 using an amine protected .~ompoun~ of formula VIIX.
Ra ~ 1~
~C~2)~ lz~ N~ (~) ~ R
¦ t-J.~ ~h~il3ilyl chïo~id~
~ ~ N-butyl lithiu~
~ ¦7 ( CH2 ) ~ H2~N--( C~Z ) y~--~2 t h~
2 In this case Q is trim~thy1silanQ ~Me Si). Th~
condltions u~d for this reac~ien ~ n,~ v'~
temperature (~.g. -78C) and a polar sol~an~ (e.g. ,1 tetrahydrouran ) . .;
The R7 group can be removed by standaxd techni~ues, e.g. when R;, is C~ or t-~OC acid hyd~olysls ;-can remove R~ and restore the secondary amine ~NH~
Silylation is preferred ~or compound~ whereln Z is two - :
H.
The radioactively labeLed compounds of the present invention can be produced with high speci~ic ~:
activity and high yi~ld by reacting a r~dioisotope ~e.g. ;::
3I, l25I or 13 I) with an activated intermediate ~e.g. a l~
, ~
,.:
$lJ13STITlJTE~ SHEE~T
.. . .......... . . . , . . .. ...... , . .. .. .. - . . .. ,. ~ . -WO94/~14 21 3 9 S O 3 PCT~S93/04309 .
l compound of formula IX or X~ in the presence of an oxidizing agent. ~ny oxidizing reagent whlch can :~
conver~ the nega~ively charged rad~onuclide ko a positively charged radionuclide can be used. Preferred 5 oxidizing reagen~s lnclude lodogen boads, peroxides such ~s peracetic.acld, hydrogen perox~d~ and ~he lik~, as well as ~~chlo~o-4-toluene-sulonami.de (i.e. chloramine- . .
T). A mor~ pr~err~d oxi~i~lng ~agent l~ chloramine~
: An acid, e.g. ~Cl, can al~o be added. :.`
An ex~mple of a ~eac~lon wher~ the r~ a r_~ a~ ing ~u~ i~ d3pi~d ~ ;
below ~sing, e.y. a compound of ~ormula I~. ,`;
`::
1 ~ (CH2)~ ~O - N~ G~12)y~ ~ IX ;~
Rb~ .
~ R ~
r~dioi~o~ope oxldizin~ agent acid x Ba ~
~ _ ( CH2 ) y--CO--NR~ ( CH2 ~ y ~2 2~ Rb~X . ~.:
~R~
.:
: When R and R togekher with the carbon atoms a ~ .
to whlch they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or 3 heterocyclic ring the deslred cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring can be in place on the ~tart~ng materlal. For example, the R~ and R~ of formula V
SUBSTIT~ E SHEET
.:
.~
w~94e~l4 ~ 38- PCT~S93104309 1 togethex wlth the carbon atoms to which they are attached can form the desired cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring. .;
As is recognized by the skllled ar~isan, th~ ~ , 5 above procedures can be modi~ied for making ~he presen-t 1:
compounds ~o include other known and commonly available procedures. The procedu~es provid~d hereln are inten~ed to ~e ill~t-a~ive ~nd are no~ exilaus~ive; there~or~ the illustrated procedures should no~ b~ vlewed as llmlting j;
lO the inventlon in any wa~.
A~4hor ~ n~ ;,g p~ n~ ln~n~i~n provides a compar~m~ntalize~ ki~ ~or detectl~n o~ a mammalian ~umor which lncludes a ~i~s~ con~ainer adapted to contain at least on0 e~ ~he compounds o the present l5 invention, A further ~mbodimen~ o~ th~ present in~entl~n provides a compar~mentalized ki~ ~or ~eating a ~a~,~al'an ~"o~ wh~ch inciudes a llrs~ conta~ner a~ap~ed ~ ;
to contain at least ane o~ th~ compounds o~ ~he present 2~ inv~ntion, :~
r~.m.pe~ s _~ ~.h~ praJe~ .v-~ ion wnicn a~e -;
provided in a kit for d~tecting e- t_~atir.g a ma~mallan , :~
tumor can have any one of formula~ I, TI, ~, IV, ~II, ~III, IX or X. However more preferred compounds for the 25 present kits are of any one of fa-muale II, III, IV, VII, ~III or IX. Especially pxeferred compounds of the ~:
present ~nvention which placed ln klts include compounds L X " ~"
~ l u a ~. .
Compounds provided in the present kits preferably have a Q rather than an X group and such a Q
group is preferably an activating group. Activating groups presnt on compounds provided in the subject kits ,: ' ,, ~.:
'~
wos4/26314 ~ 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 -39- ! .
1 include tribu~yl-tin, trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl. Tributyl-tin is an especlally pre~erred ackivating group ~or compounds provlded in the present kits. .. .
The klts of the pr~sen~ inven~lon can be adapked ko con~ain anokher c~nkainer havlng ~ reagQn~
~or replacing a ackiva~ing group with a radlonucllde.
~r ~x2mple su~h a ~ag~n4 c3n ~9 an oxldl~in~ reagen~, :
e.g. chloramlne-T.
~n a ~u~ther embodim~n~, the kl~ a~ the pressnt inv~n~ion can ~ a~p~3~ to cont~Ln ~na~hQ_ con~ain~r having a material ~r ~parating unattached radionuclid~ ~rom ~h~i radiolabeled ~omp~unds o~ the present inven~lon having an a~ached X group. Such a 15 materi~l can ba any chr~ma~ogr~phic material including a thin layer chroma~og~aphy pla~0, a molecular exc}usl~n resLn, a sillca gel, a reverse phase r~sln and the like.
ror con~nience, suc;~ re~ins ~an al50 b~ pro~lded in ~ns form of a prepacked column.
2~ The presen~ compounds can h~ admlnl~t~r~ to a m~,m, m,3 t ~ g ~ rh ~ ~m~ 4 ~ --f.~ J ~
pharmaceutical composi~lons con~aln a dLagno~lc lmaginy :~
or an anti~tumor amount o~ at least ane of the DrQssnt compounds tog~ther with a pharmaceu~ically acceptable 25 carr~r.
The composltions can be administered by well-known routes lncluding oral, intravenous, intramuscular, in~ranasai, intradermai, subcutaneous, parentexal, enteral, topical and the like. Dependlng on the route of administratlon, the pharmaceutical composition may require protective coatings.
.. ..
':',...
SUBSTITUTE SHEET
wo 94/~6314 ~39~3 PCT~S93/04309 , , -40- :
1 The subject compounds may be lncorpora~ed into ;.
a cream, solution or suspension ~ox topical admlnistration~ ' ' The pharmaceutical fo.rms suitable for ~ . , 5 injectlon lnclude sterll~,a~ueous solutlons or disperslons and sterile powder~ ~Qr th~ extemporaneous prepara~ion of sterile in~ectable ~olutions or ', dlsp~s~ons. In all case~ th~ u1tlmate ~olutlon Xorm must be sterl~s an~ ~luid~ I~ypic~l c~rlers include 10 solvent or disper~ion medium conkalnin~, ~or oxamplo, wa~er~ buf~e~ aqugous sel~;4~o~s (l.~, ~ blocompatibie bu~ers), ethanol, polyo1 ~glycerol, propylene gly~ol, polyethylens glycol and the llke), suitable mlxtur~s ~
thsreof, sur~ac~ant~ or v~g~tabl~ oils. Steriliza~ion :':
15 can be accompli,shed by any ar~ racQgnized technlquo, including but not limited ~o, ad~l~ion o antl~acterial ;~
or antifungal agents, for exampl~, paraben, c~lorobutanol, phenol, so~bic acid, thimero~al, and the like. Fur~her, isot~nic agents, such as sugar~ or sodium chlorids mav bQ in~orpe--te~ e s~bJ~c~
ProductLon of sterLie Lnjectable solutlons ~:
contain~ng 2~ 1 east on~ o~ tha pressnt campounds is accomplished by incorporating ~hese compounds ln the 25 required amount in the approp~iate solvent with various ingredients enumerated a~ove, as r~quired, ~ollowed by sterilization, pre~erably ~ilter steriLiæation. To ~btain a s~erile powder, the above ~olutions are vacuum-dried or freeze-dried as necessary.
When the present compounds are administered orally, the pharmaceutical compositLons containing an ;
effectlve dosage of the compound, can also contain an .;.
.
. ~.;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ~
:
WO94/26314 21 3 9 5 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 1 inert diluen~, an assimilable edible carrier and the lilce. O~ally adminis~ered composi~ions can be provided in hard or soft shell gelatin capsules, tablets, elixirs, suspensions, s~rups and the like.
The subjec~ compounds are ~hu~ prepared for convenien~ and effective administration in pha~maceutically eE~ective amoun~s with ~ ~uitabla ph?rmacs~-t~ca~1y ccop~ble c2rrLsr in a d~ags which permits diagno~tic lmaglng ar cance~ cell death. The~e lO amounts are pr~ferably abou~ 1 ~g ~o abou~ 1 g o the compound ~er li~er an~ re ad~}nls~sred in dos~5 Or abou~ 1 ng/kg body weight ~o ~bout 10 ugt~g body weigh-t, or from about 0.1 mmole/kg body wsight to about 500 mmol0/kg body weight. Preferred composltions pro~lde 15 eEfective dosages of the p~esent compounds in the range of about 10 ng to about 2 ug/kg for diagnostias and preferably about 5 to about 50 mmole/kg body weight for thera2'i Moreover when cansldering a dosage ~o~ ~
dia~nostic imaain~ of therapv, ~.he s~e~ acti~Ltv of Q _a~ "~,v'~ C ~,~k~,. ' ..-'~
consideration. Such a SpQcifi~ activity is pr~f~akly very high, e.g. ~or l23I-labeled compounds the spsclf~c activity should be at leas~ ab~ut 1,0~0 Ci/mM ~o about 25 50,000 Ci/m~. More preferably the specific actlvity for ~2~I-labeled compounds is, e.g. about 10,000 Ci/mM to about 30,000 Cl/mM.
As used h~rein, a pharmaceu~ically acceptable carr.ier includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, ant~bacterial and antifungal agents, isotonlc agents, and the like which are physiologically acceptable. The use of such media and agents are well-known in the art.
.
~.
~UBSTlTUTE SHET ~
W054/26314 9~3 -42- rCT/lJS93/04309 The ~ollow.ing Examples ~ur~her illustrate the lnventlon.
'''' :
~, ~, ,~
SUBSTl rUTE SHEET
wos4l263l4 213 9 5 0 3 PCT~S93/0~309 -~3- ;
Synthesis o~ ~5I- ~
(2-Pipexi ~ .
Materials and Me~hods Melting points were d~term~ned wl~h a Flsher-Johns apparatus. lH and ~lC ~ gp~c~ra were recor~ed on a Brucker 300 ~M spectrometex. Vnles~ na~od, chemical :.
shi~ts were expresged as ppm usin~ te~ramethyl~llan~ a~ ~ :
an ln~ernal standard. Th~ ~hin lay~r ~hromatography (TLC) system consist~d o~ Analtech uniplate ~illca gel ~ -GF plate~ ~2$0 microns, 10 x ~0 cm), ~sind CHCl3/MeOH:80/~0 as ~olv~nt. ~a~ioac~lve ~po~ wer~
scanned and reco~ded by a ~loscan 300 ~magin~ scann~r e~uippe~ wlt~l automatic plate reader. Mass spectra (chemiczl ioni2a~ion) wsr~ recordsd on Finnlgan 1015 mass spec~rometer. Mal3lI was ob~ained rom duPont NEN
~nd ~a~Z5I was obtained rom aristol Meyo~s ~quibb.
Elemental analyses were pexformed by Galbraith : Labora~ory of Knoxville, TN.
Preparatiorl o~
(2-piper~ y~ino~th~l}4-b A round bottom ~la~k was charged witA 4-bromobenzoic acid (2.0 g, 9.95 mmol) in chloro~arm `.
25 ( 150 mL) . To th~ solution was added thionyl chlorLde ( 3 mL) in chloroorm ( 10 mL), 2-3 dxops o~ . :
dimethylformamide ~DMF). The slurry was heated at ~e1ux for 3 hr while monit~rin~ the rea~tion through a bubbler. A t::lear solution of 4-bromobenzoyl chloride ~.
3 was obtained, the volatiles were removed and a light yellow oil was obtained which solidified upon coollng.
,.
, ,.
`' '. .
SUE~STlTlJTE SHE~E~T
` .''.'' ~39 _44_ PCT~S93/0430 1 The 4-bromobenzoyl chloride was dissolved in .~
chloroform (30 mL) and added ~o a flask cont,aining 1 (2- :
aminoethyl)-piperidine (1.~9 g, 10 mmol) in chl~roform ;~
(20 mL). Triethylamine ~10 mL) wa~ added dropwise. The 5 mixture was stirxed a~ room temperatur~ ~or 1 hr and the ~olatiles were remov~ in vacuo. ~he resul~ing ~lurry ~ ;
was w~shed with 2~ sodium bicarbona~0 (2 x 50 m~). The `~
org~nlcs war3 d~s~olved in C~;Cl~ (100 mL), ~par~ted fram aqu00us layer and dried o~e~ anh~drous ~a2$O~. Th9 10 sol~ent was remo~ed to give a colorless s~lld ~A, 2.7 y~Qld~ 8~ 2 ~r~3/;~ 4~ pm~
1.~6 (t, 2H, CH2); 1.54 (broad m, 4~, CH2); 2.43 (broad s, 4H, NC~2); ~.52~2.56 (t, 2H, NCH2); 2.6~ (m, 2H, NCH2); 3.49-3.53 (d~, ZH, NCH~); 7.~1 (bs, lH, ~H); 7.S2-15 7~55 (m, 2H, arom); 7.65-7.6~ (m, 2H, arom).
Prepartion ~f This was prepar~d using a proc~du~e llke that 2~ described above for A ~u~ 5~ 4 ~ o~An~ acld ~3 ~ al. ~ w~i~e ~Oil~ (B) w2s obtalned in 89~ yield. lH R (? ppm~: 1. 43-1.45 (broad m, 2H, NC~2);
1.53-1.60 (broAd mr 4H, ~CH2~; 2.41 ~broad m, 4~, ~C~2); `~
2.50-2.54 (t, 2H, J=7.RH2, NCHz); 3.44-3.4R (dt, 2H, 25 NCH2); 7.02 (bs, lH, ~H); 7.47-7.4g (m, 2H, arom. ); ,, 7.73-7.76 (m, 2H, arom.). m.p. }14-115 C. Anal Cl4HlgN2Ol calcd. C, 46~91; H, 5.31; N, 7.R2, ~ound C, 46.91; H, `:;
5.~ 8.
'"'~
1'`"
,, ",...
,`.
~: '.', SlJE~STlTUTE SHE~ET `::
WO94/2~l4 21 3 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/0430g l Preparation of A flame dried flask was charged with 4 ~romobenzamide (1.0 y, 3.Zl mmol) in triethylamine ~4~ mL). Tetrakls(triphenylphosphine)palladlum (370 mg, 0.321 mmol), and bistributyltin ~Z.4 g, 3.80 mmol) were add~d, and ~h~ mixture wa~ re~luxed un~e~ ni~gan ~or 1~ hr. The mixtur~ was co~d, so~vent3 d9~aZ~ LrOm the black resldue, and ~he ~olatlles were rem~ad in }O vacuo. The xesuLting blacX oil wa~ pa~ed through a silic~ 5_1 c~1umn w~th ~lution wlth. CH~73 ¦100 m~), ~ollowed by ~lut~on with C~tCll/MeOH: 90/10. The de~ired frac~ions, as chara~teri~d by thln lay~r chroma~ography, were pooled and ~ol~ent wa~ evaporat0d lS to gi~e an oil ~C, 0.4 g, 56%). m/e ~ 5~3 (M ~H) ~100%), 233 (M -Sn~u3) (40~ H R (d ppm): 0.82-O.g3 (m, 16H, Bu~ and CH2); 1.01-1.05 (m, 4H, ~U3); 1.22-1.37 (m, ~H, ~ .A5-1.57 (r" 8~ lperidi~yl xLng); 2.45-2.5~ (t, 2H, NCH2 plperdiny.L ring); 2.60-2.63 ~t, 2H, 20 J-6Hz, NCH2); 3.53-3.58 (dt, 2~, J 5.34Hz, NC~); 7.30 7.41 ~bs, lH. ~H): 7.4~-7.7P tm 4w ~r.~. 13r p la, :~
ppm): 9.60, 13.58, 25.7~3, 27.30, 29.00, 36.0g, 54.2g, ;~.
57.lS, 126.~3, 128.39, 132.00, 136.5:4~ 167.6g.
Radiolabeling of n-tribut~ltin PA~ ~C) with I-125 to Yield l25I(2 pi .
To 100 uL of an ethanolic solu~ion o~ (2- : :
piperidinylaminoethyl)4-tributyl~lnbenzamidQ (1 mg~ml), was added a solution of ~l25I~sodlum iodlde (1.5 mCi, `~-3 uL) ln 0.1 N NaOH, followed by the addit~on of 0.05 N :-! 30 HCl (50 uL) to adjust the pH of the solution to pH 4.5- ::
Z t s =O or two -H;
each ~l is ind~pendently H, halo, lowex alkyl 5 or lower alkaxy; -;.
R~ and ~b are independen~ly H, halo, lower alkyl, lower allcoxy or ~ nd Rb kog~her wlth the carbon ~;
a~oms ~o which ~hey ~re al~tach~d ~arm a c~rcloaïkenv~l or ~;
heterocylLc ~ing; ~: .
R2 is ~N~R,)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nlkrogen ~n~a~ h~ L~ rl~g ~hl~:h i ~s^~ t~
substitu~ed with at l~ast one alkyl substitu~n~;
~ach RJ ~S ind~Dend~ntly hydrog~n or low~r a lkyl;
j and ~r ea~h a~o indep~rlden~ly an ln~eger f~om 0 to ~;
q is an int~ger rom 0 to 2; ~nd i~
~'~h t;~e pr3v:so thaL ~he compoun~ ls noL a~ iod'ns radioisotope o (N-dleth~laminoethyl)-4~iodobenzamide. :.
~r The present invan~ion slso provlde~ a method f~ m.s~ ,m,~ m,r~-~ wh~ rh ~ n~ ~g : administering to a mammal a compo~i~lo~ including a tumor-inhi~l~inq amount o~ a compound o~ ~ormula ~.
The prssent inventlon ~urther pro~ides a 25 method for diagnostic lmaying o a mammali~n tissue which has cell surface sigma recep~ors which lncludes :.
administering to a mammal a dlagnostLG imaging amount o~
a compound o~ ~he pxesen~ invention and detecting an image o a tissua having an abundance o~ cslls with sigma receptorS,~
A further aspect of the present invention provides a method ~or in vitro detec~ion of a canc~r '';
:~ 35 ;~
SllB~ ~ ,","
WO94/26314 PCT~S93/04309 ~39~ 6~ .
, .
l cell in a mamm~lian tissue sample which includes contacting a mammalian tissue sample with an in vitro ,~:
diagnostic imaging amount o~ a compound of formula I for a time and unde~ conditions su~ficlent ~or blnding of , 5 the compound to the cancer cell and detectlng ~uch ~ndlng. ~: Ano~h~r aspect ~ ~he pre~n~ invention pro~dss ~ prs4~ mp~un~ f ~o~rr.u1 a ~, g . ~ . a compoun~ of any one o ~ormula~ X or XV.
Q
P.a ~ ~
~ ~ CZ ~ ~3~ CH2- R4 XI
~ ' .
~i )., ~ - (C~,)2-C~ (C:i2)2- ~, ;;I
(~
y :
Ra~
(CH2)J--C~ NR3--(C~23n~ )2 I~
~,:; Rb~
( R ~
wherein Z, Rn ~ Rb, Rl, ~, ; are as described ~bove;
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating ~roup; .~.
R4 is - NtR3)2~or an N-linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at , :
~ ;
:, ;, .....
WO 94/2Ç314 21~ 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 -7- :
1 l~ast one alkyl substituent, wh~rein each R3 is independently lower alkyl or hydrogen; . ::
R5 is a g or 6 memb~red nitrogen containin~
heterocyclLc ring which can have at least one alkyl 5 substituent;
m i~ an integer ~rom 2 to 6;
n i~ an lnt~ger ~rom 3 ko 6. Such pre~er~ed c3~pounds can ~lse ~ ~s~ in th~ me~ho~s o~ ths p~ssant invention~
Compo~ltions ~nd klt~ con~alning ~h~ p~es~nt comp~unds are al~o ~ro-~ld~d harsln.
BRIEF ~ :
Flg, 1 illus~at~e~ ~h~ log molar amoun~ of :~
15 nonradioacti~e IPAB needed ~o comp~ltively inhiblt binding of ~adloactive IP~B to malignan~ melanoma cells. `;
The Kl obtained '~om thess data wa~ 6.8 nM. ,;
~ i~. 2~ p~O'~'J d~ a s~in~is-a~ .a~
obt2ined at 6 hrs. ater a nude mouse beari~g a human ~n malignan~ melanoma tumor rec~ived ~3lI]PA~, ~h0 arrow l ~r~ l r~ h~ ~ n~ t..... ~.~mc~ ;
Fia. 2B provide~s a scin~igraphic lmage obtained at 24 hrs. a~er a nude mouss bearing a human mall~nant melanoma tumor rec~i~ed [l3~I]PAB. The axrow 25 indicates the implanted tumor.
Fig. 3A provides a scintigraphic image obtain2d at 6 hrs. aft~r a nude mouse bearing a human `:
mallgnar,t ~a..oma ~U~..G~ ~a~ d ~ 13~ ,A2 . ~ e ~--e~
lndicates the implanted tumor.
Fig. 3B provides a scintigraphic ima~e obtained at 24 hrs. after a nude mouse bearing a humarl :
", 1 ~' SUE3STITUTE~ StlEEr ~:
. . .
WO 94/26314 PCT/US93/043a9 :,`,, ~9~3 ~8- , ~
1 malignant melanoma tumor received [l3lI]DAB. The arrow ;:
indicates the implanted tumo~.
. .
Fig. 4 provides a scin~igraphic image obtained at 30 hrs. after a nude mouse bearing a human lung 5 adenocarcinoma tumor rec~ived ~ I]P~B, The arrow indicates the implanted tumor.
DETAIL~D D~SC~r~TTON ~ TXE XN~NT~ON:
The present ln~n~lon pro~id~s nov~l compounds 10 and methods ox detec~in~ and t~ating ~rt~ln typss o~
canc~r, ~.g. n~u_o~7~ mas, glioma~, ph~s~hr~moc~tom~t msl~nomas, colon, renal and lung carcinomas. The campounds of the p~e~ent inv~ntl~n bind to ~ cell surface slgma recep~or and exhlbit ~xqulslte cell 15 speciicity and affini~y or ~h~ abo~ cancerous cells .
and for cells having sigma rec~ptors.
In one embadim~n~ tha pres~nt in~ention ls p~
di~2c~ed to a method for de~actlng a ma~alian tumo~ ~
whlch includes admlnis~e~ing to a mammal a diagno~tic .i.
imaging amoun~ of a compound o~ ths pr~sènt lnv~ntion, ~ n.~i ~h c c- ~ ',r ~ r.~ ~ Q ~ cl n~ t ~ h, ~ ~ ~,7 _ ~ g ~3 ~ ~ _ .
the mammal; wherein ~he compourld is of any one o~
; formulae I, II, III or IV: ;~
X .:
Ra I ~ (CH2)~-C~ - NR3-~CH2)~-~R~ I
Rb/~ .
tR,,~ ~
W094/26314 213 9 ~ 0 3 pcTl~ss3ln43os .:
l Q ~:
~a ~ ~.:
1 ~ (C~Z)i CZ ~ NRJ- CH2 -R~
t~
~a ~ ll;
~ ~ ~CH2~ CZ ~ NR~(C~2)m~ R~
F~b~ "~''~' tP.,,)~ :
~ (CH~ C~--N~-(CH~)n- N(~ IV
whe~Qin ~
X is a radionucl ide; : i :
Q is a radlonuclldQ, halide or an act;i~rating arau~:
z i s =o o r ~wo - H;
each R~ is independen~ly H, halo, low~r alkyl or }ower alkoxy; :~
2 R~ and F~b arQ lndependently ~, halo, lower 5 alkyl, lower alkoxy or ~ and Rb together wlth khe carbon atoms to which ~hey are attached ~orm a cya.Loalkenyl hs~e~Qcvlic rin~:
R2 is - N(R,)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nltrogen . ;
containlng he~erocyclic ring which is unsubstltuted or ~:.
3 substituted with at least one alkyl substi~uenk;
I, ~ ~ '.''.
,~,,"""
~; 35 ,. .
, .
W094/26314 ~39~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 --10- ;
1 each R3 is ind~penderltly hydrogen or lower alkyl; ~ .
R4 ls ~ N~R,)2 ox an N~linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containlng he~erocyclic rin~ whlch can have at 5 least one alkyl subs~ituent, wherein ~ch ~J iS
independently lawex alkyl or hydrogen~
~ a 5 or 6 memberod ni~rogen containing hoterocycllc ring which ~an hav~ a~ Qns ~lk~l sub~tituent; ;~
~O ~ and y ar~ independ~ntl~ an lnteger Erom 0 ~o ~; '.' q is an int3ger ~rorn O to 2, m ls an intog~ ~rom ~ to ~
n is an in~egor ~rom 3 to 6; and 15 with the proviso tha~ the~compound is not an iodine ~adioisotope o~ (N-diethylamino~thyl)-4-lod~b2nzamide. ~
The presen~ lnvention also pro~id~ a msthod ~; :
: fo_ 4rea~'r.g a mam~2'ian t~ wh~ch ir~ ud3~ ;.
: : administerîng to a mammal a compQ~ltlon includlng a .`~:
2~ tumor-inhiblting amount of a comp~und o~ ~ormula I, II, ;~
III or I~
The present ~n~ention urth~ pro~ides a method for diaanostlc imaging of a mammalian tissu~
which has cell surface sigma receptors which includ~s 25 administering to a ma~mal a diagnosti~ imaging amount of a compound of the present inventLon and det~cting an image of a tlssue having an abundance of cells with : ~igma receptors.
The pres~nt In~ention furthex provides a ~::
method for in vitro detection of a cancer cell in a mammalian tissue sample whlch includes contaating a ~:
: mammallan tlssue sample with an in vLtro diag~ostic j";',~
~ , ~u~
.... : . . .. . .. ~ . . , -WO ~4/26314 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT/US93/04309 1 imaging amoun~ of a compound of ~ormu}a I for a tlm~ and ~ .
under c~nditlons su~lclen~ for blnding o~ the compound to the cancer cell and de'cecting such bindlng.
When used :eor diagnos~ic imaging X or Q as a ~;
5 radionuclide is us~d. Moreove~ X o~ Q radlonuclide groups which are preerably us~d ~or dlagno~tic lmaging ar~ y-emittlng radionuclides whl~h can be d~tected by radloimag i ng~ prorsdurss, ~ ~ g . by ~cintl~~a~ m~gi;~g .
Such ~-em~ting radionuclide~ eml~ radial:ion which ls 10 gu~icentl~ penetrating to be cletec~sd ~hrollgh tl~sue~. ;
M3re~er, for dl~Gne~ic irnaging p--s~ r~ nu~
do not emi~ a particl~, ~.g. a~ cx or J3 partic:le.
P~eferred X and ~ groups for dla~n~sk~c imagins lnclude lZ3I 124~ 125~ F 7~r and 77~r. ~ore preerr~d 15 and Q groups for diagnos~ic im~ging include lZ~ 2sI and 9F. l23I is especlally preferr~d ~or di~gn~stlc im~g~ng. `~
When used ~or therapeukic purpo~s X or Q as a radlonucl~de is used. Pre~erably X and ~ radionuclides employed for therap~ are ~-em3~t3Ang or an a~mitting i 20 radionuclides. HOW9~Q~. as contemplatsd h~r~in, ~n~
activity can be used in plac~ of a X o~ Q radienl~cl~d~
The pref~rred X and Q grsup~ ~o~ tre?ting c-~nc~_s ;:
i cl~lde l31I 2ll~t al2pb, 2lzBi, 76~r, "Br and ~he like~
25 How0ver, compounds for trea~ing cancer more preferably ~;~
have X or Q as ~
: As provided herein Q is a radionuclide, a ~a;~de o~ an activ~ing g~oup. Compound~ ha~ing Q as a halide or an activating group are provided as non~
3O radioactive compounds o~ the pres~nt inven~ion which can be readily converted in~o the correspond.~ng radioactive : compound. Since the utility of a radioactive compound , ~
":
8UE35TlTlJTE SHEET
W~94/26314 ~39~03 -12~ PCT~S93/04309 1 relates to the speciflc activity of such a radioactive compound, it is often pxeferred to add ~he radionuclide just before use. Accord.~ngly compounds having Q as halide or as an actlva~ing group are provlded, for 5 example, in a orm useful for storage or t~ansport.
When Q is a halide~ such a halide is ~ .
preferably Br or I.
A~ pr~ldQ~ h~aln ~ h~n~ u~ ~3 a group which is easlly dlsplaced by a radionucllde ~ia :~:
el~ctrophillc ar~matic ~ub~ti~u~lon. Pr~err~d a~ki~atlng g~oup3 lnclude ~ri~ tln, ~Jm~h~ls~
t-butyldime~hylsilyl, lodld~ and ~he llke.
According ~ ~he pres~n~ ln~n~lon Z ~s =O or two h~drogen a~om subskituents. Slnce the -C~ moiety 15 ls ad~acent ~o an amine, wh~n Z is ~O an ~mlde (-CO-MH~
is ~ormed, When Z ~s two hydrogen atoms a meth~len0 t-CH2-) is formed. There~ore ~ompound~ o th~ present lnvention can be amide or alkylamlno compounds, e.g.
compounds o ~oxmula I can have one o~ the following side ch2ins~ -Crl2 ~ y R2 ~ -~ ( CH2 ) ~ CH2 -~R ~-- ( C~2 ) y F~2 ' In a preferr~d embodlment ~ ~9 ~, i.e. th~ ~CZ- group forms a ca~bonyl. When -CZ-NR~- is -CH2-NR~-, the R, is , .
25 preferably an alkyl.
The term lower alkyl, when used sinyly ar in combinatiQn, refers to al~yl groups con~aining one to s~x ~ .s. ~o-~2r ~kyls may De straign~ cnain or branched and include such groups 2S methyl, ethyl, .~ 1 30 propyl, isopropyl, butyl, s~c-hutyl ~ isobutyl, k-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopen~yl, hexyl and the like. Tho preferred alkyl groups contain one to four carbon akoms.
: 35 , SUBSTITUTE S~ ET
213~3~03 W0~4t26314 PCT~S93l04309 -~3-.
1 ~s used herein, a lower alkylene, singly or in combination with o~her groups, contains up to slx carbon ~:
atoms in the maln chain and a total of 10 carbon atoms if the alkylene is br~nched. Lower alkylene groups 5 include methylene, ethylene, propylene, i~opropylene, butylene, t~butyl0ne, ~ec~butylene, isobutyl0n0, ~: .
am~lene, isoamylene, pen~ylen~, isap~ntylene, hexyl~ne I ;
and th~ lik~. ~h~ ~r~Q~red low~r ~lkylsn~ aroups ~::
contain one to four carbon ~toms.
lQ The ~r~ cycloalk~nyl r~fers ko ~ pa~tially j.
sa~uraLed c~;~lic s~ruç~ur~ . a ~ng, ha~l~g 3~7 ~ing carbon atoms which can have one or ~wo unsaturations.
Since ths cycloalk~nyl group~ o khe pr~nt lnvention are fused to a phenyl mo.lety such cyclo~lkenyls a~e 15 partially unsaturatQd. ~he sub~ect cycl~alk~nyls groups l~clude such groups ~s cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexeny~ ~nd cyclohept~nyl rings.
A3 ~ h~3~ r a~ t~ a~g ~
alkyl group attached to the main chaln vla an oxygcn atom.
~al~ ref~r~ t~ ~ haloa~n, ~eclally bromin~, iodine, chlorine and 1uo~ine. A~ used hereln a halo group is a commonly available, non-radioactive halogen :~
i~otope. Preferred h~lo group.s include io~ide, ~:~
25 chlorlde, bromide and the lik~
As employed hereln, a h~terocylic ring means a sa~urated, partiaLly saturated or aromatic heterocyclic ~ h~ r.~ ~4 l~ac~ c~.e nltregen or oxvu~n ring atom. ~: .
As is known to the skilled artisan a saturat~d heterocyclic ring has no double bonds. As used herein a :
partially saturated heterocyclic .ring can has at least one double bond.
:
:,, ;, ,~
wo g4~2~l4 9 Q3 -14- PCT/US93l0430g l The present heterocyclic rings can have tlp to three heteroa~oms and up to a total of six ring atoms.
Accordingly heterocyclic rlngs o the present invention .:
can havQw abou~ ~ to abou~, S ring carbon a~Qms, . .. :.
5 Pre~0rably a heterocycllc rln~ has only one nikrog~n or one oxygen he~eroa~omt or one nl.~rogen atom ~nd one oxygen he~ero~tom. He~eroc~cliG r$ng~ can also hav~ a ~:
m~xtu-e cf r.~ro~n or oxygen hetexoa~oms, e.g. .~`
morpholine wl~h one oxygen ~nd on~ ni~rogen. It is lO pre~erred that the hekerocylic rlng ~nt~ln one or two r- ng hetQ-oa_oms t m~s~ preLgrred iS ene ~ing ni~rogen or oxygen he teroatom .
H~terocyclic rings o~ the p~esent ln~ntlon are monocyc~ic; such mono~ycllG rings can ~ fused to a 15 phenyl ring to form a bic~clic ring.
Representativ~ partlally saturated and heteraaromaklc heterocyciic rlngs include ~u~an, pyran, ox24ine ~ i soxazine ~ pyrr~le ~ pyrazole ~ pyrid~n~, pyrazine, triazole, tetrazole, tri~zine, pyrlmidlnQ, 20 pyridazine, furazan and th~ llk~. ~r~s~
he~rQ~ "r~ J~ *~ L~i~a an~ tn~
Representative saturats~ hsts~cycli~ rin~
include tetrahydro~uran, pyrazol~dine, ~m~d2zolidine, pyrrol~dine, aæetidine, piperidine, piperazlne and 25 mO~pholine, As used herein ~ and R~ are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb to~ether n ~ ~h ~he carbon a~oms tO wnich they axe attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring. When R~ and Rb ! ` ~ 3o together form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring, such a ring is fused to the phenyl.
.;';
' ' .
,;.
WOg4/26314 213 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 j -lS-1 Such a cycloalkenyl rlng ~ormed from R~ and Rb ;.
has only one unsaturation in ~he cycloalkenyl ring and that unsa~uration is centlibut,ed by the phenyl ring to ~ :
which t,he cycloalkenyl is fused. While a cycloalkenyl 5 formed by R~ and ~b can be a 5 o~ 6 membared rlng, such ring~ are pre~erably 5 memb~r~d r~ng~, e.g.
cyclopentenyl. Examplss o~ ~he ~u~ed cycloalkenyl-ph~ny1 rin~ inclu~e ind~n~;l and t~trahïdr~n~hthll, s.g~, 5,6,7,~-~etrahydronaph~h~l, and the like. ~;
. lO Wh~n a,het0roc~cllc ring i8 ~orm~d by R~ and : R~, the he~Qr~s~cll~ ring ~re~rablv h~ ~ne nltroaan o~
oxygen hetexoa~om and 5 o~ 6 ~ing atom~. A~ u~ed herein, he~erocyclic is as ds~insd hereinabo~. The heterocyclic ring cont,ains at l~as~ ~wo rlng carbon atoms when the h~kerocyclic ring is a 5 membered xing, and the num~er o~ ring carbon a~om~ p~es~n~ can range from 2-4 carbon xing atoms. ~h~n ~he heterocycllc ring ;~
~s a 6-m2."~ere~ ~iny/ the numD~r of ring carbon atoms ,,;
can range from 2-5 ring carbon a~oms. ~hu~, ~h~ to~al number of ring carbon atoms will r~nae rom 6-~ xlng memberQd heterocyclic rlny and ~-~ ring carbon atoms I :
when ths phenyl ring is fuss~ to a 5-mem~srad ~`
heterocyclic ring~ The heterocyclic ring can corltain up ;~-25 to 3 ring heteroatoms. The preferred ring hetaroatoms : are oxygen and nitrogen, especl~lly oxygen. Proferred heterocyclic rings forrned by R~ and Rb include :~
dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyrrolyl, tetrahydropyridinyl and the like.
As provided herein each R, is indep~ndent~y H, ~:.
halo, lower alk~l or lower alkoxy, In a preferred embodiment Rl is H, halo or lower alkoxy. More .,; .
. .
1 : .
8UE~ST~TUTE~ 5HEE~T
WO 94/26314 ~,~39~ PCT/US93/04309 1 pre~err~d R~ groups include H and halo. ~lowever, ln one ; .
ernboclimen~ R1 is preferably alko~
The variable q is defined hereln as an iAt~gsr ranging from O to 2 whlch descr.ibe~ khe number of R~
5 groups on the phenyl m~ie~y. Sinc~ ~he phenyl is aiso subs~itu~ed with R~, Rb, X ~or Q) and a ~i~e ch~in amiAe or a~ine moi~y, the maxlmal number a~ R, groups ls ~
(i,~. q ca~ maxima~ly ~e ~). Wh~n ~ i~ less ~h~n 2 some positions on ~he phsnyl group a.re unsubs~l~utsd; in thls 10 case a hydrog~n ls presant ~t ~h~ p~ ions h~ving na R, ~U~ P~ u~3 ~r ~ a ~0 1. An espec~ally preferr~d ~alue or q ~s 0, i~e. kh~ phonyl has hydrogen at all poslti.ons ~xc~pt khoss o~cup~.ed by R~, R~r X (or Q) and th~ amide ~ amirle slde chain 15 moiety .
In a preferx~d ernbodiment the Q(o~
Ra ~b~ .
g~oup i5 selected fxom the i~ollowlng: I :
y~ Q/~>~
~` 1 3O
35 Q ~l or E~r , SU13STITUTE SHE~ET
,. ..
,::
WO94/26314 21 3 9~ ~ PCT~S93/04309 '' "'~
;;
Q ~ s ,;
~:~
:, ' wherein Rl is as descrlbe~ hereinabove and Q is a radionuclide ~e~ ), a h~lide or an actl~at.Lna reup.
_ A~ J-~a~ c~ J~ ) vr membered ni.~rogen containing h~t~roc~ic ring whi~h is .:~
unsubstitu~ed or substitu~e~ with ~t l Q~S~ cnQ ~1 k~
substituQn~; wherein each R3 i5 independenkly hydrsgen ~-25 or lower alkyl. Prefexably ~3 is lower al~yl in the -N(R~)2 ~roups of the pr~sent invention. Pre~erred R2 heterocyclic rings include N-piperidinyl r N- ~ .
pyrroliàinyi, ~-pyridinyl, N-morpholinyl, N-pyrrolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrldlnyl, morpholinyl or 3~ pyrrolyl, which can be substituted with an R6 lower alkyl. R6 i5 preferably attached to the ni~rogen o ~he piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl rings.
: `
'`.
. .
$UE3STITUTE SHlE~ i~
:.
wo 94~2~14 9~ PCT~S93/~4309 l In one embodiment R2 can be R4 as defined herein. In another embodiment ~ can be ~5 as de1ned herein. In stlll another embodim2nt R2 can be ~ N(R3)2 a~ deflned herein.
As provided herein, R4 is ~ N(R3) 2 or an N-llnked 5 to 6 membered ni~rogen containing he~erocycllc rlng whlch can have ~t le~st one alkyl subskltuent. ~g da~in~d h~r~in N~l~n~ m3ar.~ ~ha~ th~ nitrogen containing h~terocycllc ring 19 attached to th~ maln lO chaln ~hrough a nitrogen ~om. R4 is us~d in ~ormula II
to lndlcate ~ ~re~er~n~e ~ h~a~ ec ~hs ~J ~-v~
pr~ent wi~hln ~he heterocyclic rlng ~o the main chain.
Preferred R4 h~t~rocycli~ rlngs include rings o~ the ~ormulae:
R
or ~5 R~
X~ ~
-N~
3 .
".''''' ..
:~
'.':".,'.
SOE3STITUTE SHE~T
.. .
WO94/26314 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 1 wherein R6 ls hydrogen or lower alkyl and each i is ,~;
independently an .integer from 0 to 1. Preferred R
heterocyclic rings inclu~e N~pipe~ldinyl, N~
pyrrolidinyl, N py.ridine and ~he like. ' In another embodiment pxeerred compounds have .
he~erocyclic xings tha~ ~r9 not at~achQd ~ia ~he rLng ni~rogen, ~5 is used in formula ~ o d~scrlb~ such l~
com~ounds, wher~in ~5 is a ~ o~ 6 membered nit~ogen ~ ;;
containing heterocyclic rlng which c~n hav~ a~ s~ one lO alkyl substltuont. In a p~erred ~mbodlm~nk R5 i~ ~ny ~`
c~ h~ ~oll~
R-~ , R~$(~N
R.~ , R,~ r t CH2 ) ~ NR
2~ R6 wherein each i is ~ndependently an integer from 0 to 1 and R6 iS nydrogen or lower alkyL. More preferred Rs heterocyclic rings include piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or :
, 30 which are N-substituted wIth an Rs lower al~yl, or ..
pyridinyl which can have an R5 lower alkyl. Such an R6 ~`
1"'.,;.
` . . .
il ., ..:;", &UBSTITUTE SHEET
',~
wn 94/26314 ~39~3 -20- PCT~S93/04309 l lower alkyl is preferably methyl, ekhyl, propyl or butyl. . l;~
The compounds ~f ormula IV have an -N(R3)2 group which is hydrayen or lower allcyl. In a prefexred 5 embodimen~ for ~N~R3), R~ is lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethrl, propyl or butyl.
The variable ~, as u~d har~in, re~ers ~o an integer r~n~ing ~r~m 0 te 5 whi~h deLLneS tha l~gth the alkylene chain sepa~atlng ~h0 phenyl and -CZ-lO mo~e~ies o~ the ~esent compo~nd~. Pref~rably, ~ i~ an ~ntege- L ro~ C t~ 3 . ~re ~ 3~1y, ~ 13 an intager ::
rom 0 to 2. Far compound~ where CZ- is ~CO , ~ ig pref~rably 0.
As de~ined herein y is 0 to 6. ~he variable y 15 defines the ~ength of th~ alkylene chaln separatlng the -CZ-NR3- and ~2 grQups ln the -CZ-N~3 ~(CH2)y~ Rz moiety of formula I. Preferably y is l ~o 3; more preferably y is 1 to 2.
Llke y, the vaxlable m de~ines th~ 1~ngth of ::
ths a~kyl Q~ ~h,_~ " ~g~3_3~y ~h~ J~ a~d t~ Rs y-r~p in ~ne -~Z~R~-~CH2 )m~ mol~ty of f~rmula III. ::
The v~riable m is an ln~eger ranging ~om ~ to 6.
However, m ~s pr~era~ly 2 to 4 and m~re preferab1y 2 ~ : ko 3.
: 25 The leng~h of ~he alkylene chaln separating ';
the -CZ-NH- and the -N(R~)z moietles in formula IV ~s described herein by n. The vaxiable n is an lntegex ranging ~rom 3 ~o 6. In a preferred embodlment n is 3.
Preferred compounds o~ the present lnventlon .:
include the followlng.
.~
` ::
""
i~`
SUBSTITUTE SHE T
, ,:
; .- ~ .. - ~; .
2139~ 03 .;
WO 94/26314 PCT/US93/04309 ~ ~
. .
o ~ow~x low~
a~ o ~ \~ a1k~
, '.
'', ".
o~N1;~
lo~r al~g~
iower r I~' ~ ~O- ai~cyi ,~
o M~
"~3 ` ' ~ ~ ~35 1`~
:
~31lJElSTITUTE SHEET ~:~
..... ...... ..... ... .
wo 94/~6314 ~ ~3 -22- PCT/US931û4309 k~ }~ t~
:1 ower al~yl-O~ ~ ~o~ lowe~ alkyl J~o lower alkyl ~- lower ~lkyl :: 2~
C) NH t C~ R~
o~ ~t 3 ~
"~.
''~
SUBSTITUTE SHEET
`
2139~0.~
--~3--~ ~(\N~
~ R
~X ~'''`'' C~ or ~r o~ C~II~VN(ll,), I 13 >
or SU13STITUTE SHE~ET 1 ~
WO94/26314 PCT~S93/04309 ~9~3 -24-1The various combinations and permuta~ions of the Markush groups o~ X, ~, Z, R~, Rb, Rl, R2, R3~ R4 and R~ described her~in are contempla~ed ko be wlthin the scope of the presen~ invention. Moreover, the present ~.
5 in~en~lon al~o encompas~es compounds and composltions :.
which contain les~ than all o~ the elements in the ; ;
Mar~ush grouplng. Thus, the p~es0n~ compounds and composltions con~ain one or more elem~nt~ o~ sa~h o~ tha Markush grouping~ in X, Q~ r ~b~ R2, RJ~ R~ and 5 lO and ~he ~arlous combina~lons ther~o~. Thus, ~or examDl~, ~he pres~n~ ~n~nt~on ~n~ m~ s ~ha~ ~. ma~
be one or more ~ th~ subs~ltuen~ lls~sd h~reinabov~ o~
any and all o~ the subs~ituonts o ~(X~)2, R4 an~ R~
The pr~sent compoun~ can blnd ~o a speciflc 15 cell recep~or preva~ent on certaln types o cancer cells. Such canc~r c~lls include ~ung car~inoma, colon carcinoma, renal carcinoma, melanoma, glloma, ` .
pheochromoc~.~tema, neu-~blas~e~ and r~la~ed cell~. An .~;
example of ~he cell recep~or to whlch the pres~nt 2Q compounds bind is a cell surace ~igma r~c~ptor. .:
The binding cha~c~ri~ic~ ~ 4h~
compounds were de~ermined by observing whether bindlng :~.
was inhib~ted by known sigma rece~tor antagonists. Many antagonis~s are known which ha~e demonstrated binding .~
25 specificikies for a given cell s~rface receptor. Such .--antagonists can be tested as comp~titive lnhlbi~ors ~or cellular binding by compounds o~ the pres~nt invention. ,:
If a c~iven anta~oni st 1~ ~ Cc!!'!2~Qt $ t~ ~:s ' -.hi~ l ~ ,r ~'.e recepto.r to which the antagonisk binds must also bind 3O the subject compounds.
For example, as demonstrated by the present inventors, a malignan~ melanoma cell llne blnds the.
:
' ';:
'',~
SUBSTITUTE SHEFr `
i ~
WV94/26314 213 9 ~ 0^3 PCT~S93/04309 1 present compounds wi~h s~rong specifîcity and affinity.
Only antagoni.st~ which bind ~o the same site as the ~;~
presen~ compounds can inhibit binding ~f the sub~ect compounds. ~n~agonists which can be tested include 5 antagani~ts speci~ic or cell recepto~s such as sigma (e.g. uslng SE2466-2), sigma-l ~e~g. ~uphana~lne ~t low concentrations~, sigm~ a~ luph~nazln~ at hlgh ~;
co~cgn~a~i~n~ Cp3~ n~ .g. ~ 3~ am~
(e~g. raclop~ide), melan~cyt~ ~cre~ing ho~mone raceptor lO ~e g m~lanocyte ~ec~a~lnc1 ho~m~r~s peptide), S~ ~:~
h~dro~rypt~mln~ . mians~rin3, ~-hydroxJ- ~:
~ryptamine- la ( e . g . N~N~l90), 5-hy~roxytryp~amlne~lc (e.g. ketanserins), S-hydroxykryptamin~ e.g.
k~tanserine and mianse~in ) and 5~hyd~oxytryp~amin~-3 15 ( e . g . 3-tropanyl-dichlorob~n ) c~ ecep~or~ and the like. ~.
As provlded hereln, antagonlsts wlth d~ n~_a~P~ ~S~d~ 2~ci~'~'L, ~O~ ~1! sur~ s'~a receptoxs (e.g. ~luphenazine) can act as c~mpetltlve '!'''~,'"
"~ binding inhlbitors or compoun;ls oE the present ~n~ nt~ n,, `Tn, ,~~ c~ n,L~ h~t d~ ind ~
cell sur~ace sigma recep~ors cannot lnhibit bindlng of l the present compounds to meLanoma cells. Thereore, ~he present compounds can bind ~o cell sux~ace sigma 25 recep~ors. :;
Cell types which have sigma receptors lnclude normal neural ~issues (e.g., brain, ~pinal cord and the ~ a~ -w~ a~ l~n~ ~ar~ ~! r.~ vlv~. ~a~ 2, carcinoma, melanoma, pheochromocy~oma, glioma, neuro~lastoma and the like. For example, several lung carcinoma cell types have demonstrated binding afinity for the present compounds including an adenocarcinoma, a SUBSTITOTE SIHEET
W094/2~14 ~9~303 -26- PCT~593/04309 1 squamous carcinoma and large cell lung carcinoma cells. .:::
In a ~ur~her example metas~atic malignant melanoma cells ~.
ha~e demonstra~ed high a~finlty and speci~icity ~or the present compounds. In a preferred embodiment the l .;
5 present compounds are used to detec~ and treat melanomas l:
and non-small cell ~ung carclnQma ~N~C~C). Such N5CLC .:~
cancers lnclude lung adenoc~rcinom~, lung ~quamous cell .
carclnoma, large cell lung c~rclnoma and th~ like. ~:~
Accordlng to the pre~ent invention a metho~
10 for de~ecting a mammali~n ~umor ar a ~issu~ containing cell surf3ce sigm~ ra_~pL~ inslu~ admini~ring to a mammal a compositlon lncluding a diagnostlc imaglng amount of at 10~st one of L~he pr~s~n~ compound~. Such a diagnos~ic lmaging ~mount is a dosage of a~ leask one of ;~
15 the sub~ect compounds which pe~mlts~sufflci~n~ ~umor or tissue localizatlon of the compoun~ ~o aLlow detection of the tumor or tissue. Thls dosage can ~ange from ~:
about ahou~ 1 yg ~o about l g of the compound per li~r which can be administered in do~es o~ abou~ 1 ng/kg body ~:~
weight to about 10 ua/~ bod~ wsiaht. ~r~s~r~d do~ag~s __ ~ ~ ' r.. .
:: ^$ ~ r`~5~ J a-a J~ yc UL ~ iL iU ~g ~' to about 2 ug~kg ~or diagnos~ic im~ing. Mor~o~sr, ~or diagnostlc imaging the amount Q~ radioact~lty administerod should be conside~ed. Preerably about 0.1 25 mlllicuries (mCi) to about 20 mCi of radio~cti~e compound is administered.
As described herein a tumor or tissue labeLed w~_h ~.e o. ...c~a 0c th~ s~n' c~ urlds can ~e detected using a radiation det~c~or, e.g. a y-radiation detector. One such procedure utllizes scintlgraphy.
Tomographic imaging procedures such as single photon . ::
emission computed tomography ~SPECT) or positron ~:
....
. !
SUBSTITUTE 5HE~ET
213 9 ~ 0 3 PCTIUS93104309 WO94/~14 -~7-., ,'.~.
l e~is~ion tomo~raphy (PET) can also be used to improve vlsualizat~on.
In ano~her ~mbodiment the presen~ invent~ion ls dlrected to a me~hod for treating a mammalian tumor ;.~
5 which includes administQring to a mammal a composition :~;
including a ~umo~-inhibiking amoun~ Q~ a~ l~ast one `~;~
compound of the present ~nventlon. Su~h ~ tumor~
inhlbit~ng amount is 2n amoun~ o~ ~ lsa3t on~ o~ ~h~
subjec~ compounds which p~mits ~u~lcl~n~ tumor l~ loc~lization of the compound to diminish tumo~ g~owth or s~zs. As ~ s~ aw~h Q~ ar.
monltored by any known diagno~ic imaglng procedure, e.g. by using the pres~nt me~hod~. This dosage can range from about O.l mmol~/kg body w~ight to about S00 15 mmoletkg body weight. A p~e~er~d ~o~ag~ ls ~bout 5 to about 50 mmole/kg body weigh~
The amount of radioacti~lty adminlst~rad can ;a-i d_p2nding on the typ8 of radionuclide. Howe~er, with this in mind the amount of radioactivity which ls ;~
2~ administered can lJar~ f~om ab~u~ 1 ~rl ~o a~ mrl.
~:~f~ 'i, abv~-~ lv m~i tu ~bouc ouu m~
administ~r~d.
Moreov~r wh~n consid~r~ng a des~ for diagnostic imaging or therapy, the specific activity of 25 the radioactiv~ compound should be taken into consideration. Such a speciflc activity l~ preera~1y `:
very high, e.g. ~or l23I~labeled compounds the spsclic ~ s~.eu~ at l~as~ about l,uOu Ci~'mM to a~out 50,000 Ci~mM. More preferably the specl~lc activity 30 for ~Z~I-labeled ~ompounds ~5, e.g. about lO,OOû Ci/mM to about 22,0ûû Ci/mM.
;
SUBSTITUTE SHEr "` ,.
wo 94/26314 ~ ~3 -2~- PCT~593104309 l In another embodimen~ ~he present invention :;
provides a method for in vitro d~tection o~ a cancer ~:
cell in a mammalian tissue sample which includes contacting a mammallan tlssue sample with an in vitro 5 diagnostic imaging amou~t o.~ a compound o~ any one of ~ormulae I, II, III ox ~ ~or a ~ime an~ und~r conditions su~iclen~ ~or bindlng o the compound to a ~.
cell sur~ace sigma r~c~ptor on ~hs c~n~s~ ~ll and detecbing such binding.
Samples ~n be ~oL~e~ed by procedure~ known .
to the sk~l~sd a-~san, ~ y ~o ~ J ~ a ~'~3us biopsy or a body fluid, by aspira~ing ~or tracheal or ~:
pulmona~y samples and the like.
As used her~in any mammallan tlssue can bs :~
15 tested in vitro. Preerred tlssues ~or in vitro testing i~clude lung, bronchial,:lymph, ~kin, bra~n, li~er, any :~
tiS9119 o ner~ou~ orlgin and ~he li~. Sample~ can be se_~L^ne~, e.g. with a m.icro~ome, to ~acllita~e microscopic examina~ion and observ~tion oE b~und compound. Samples can also be ~x~ appr~p~labe ~;
~a~7'~ P~v~c u~ ~L~r incll~atl~n ~lth one ~f the pr~sent compounds ts impro~e ~he hi3~0lagical .~.:
quali~y o~ sample ti~sues.
Conditions suff iGient ~or binding of the 25 compound ~o a cell surface sigma receptor on the cancer ~`
cell include standard tissue culture ~onditlons, i.~.
~amples can be cultured in ~itro and incubat~d with one Or 'h~ ~rcs~nt compounds in physiological media. Such conditions are well known to the sXilled artisan. ...
30 Alternatively, samples can be fixed and then incubated with a ~ompound of the present invention in an isotonic or physiologlcal buffer.
;:
:``,;
SUBSTITIJITE SHE~T ,:
WO 94/26314 213 9 ~ O 3 PCT/IJS~3/04309 , ~
_~9_ ' ., ~n amount of a~ least one of the present ~;:
compounds f or in vitro detec~ion o~ a cancer cell can ~ ~:
xang~ f~om about 1 ng/l to about 1000 ~g/l. P. preferred ,;
amoun~ is abou~ 1 y~/l 'co ahout 100 ~g/l.
When the pr~s~nt compounds ar~ u~ed f or in vitro diagnosls o~ cancer :X or Q a~ a radionuclide is l:
~ ~ 1, .
u~ed, Preferable X and Q radionu~lldes o~ in vitro diagnosls o~ S~anc~ r lncLIld3 lZsI, l~F/ -~tS-al.kyl, -~sSoJt -3~so4~ -14C~ CH~ arld ~h~
For detection o~ cellula~ bindlrlg of on~ a th~ p~ga~n~ cornpounds r s~ s ~3r~ h~ J ~ b~3f' ' ;~
presence o a ~elect~d compound, th~n washed and counted in a standard scin~illa~on c~unter. Alternatively samples can b~ dipped ln pheto~muLsion and ~he sign~l 15 detected under light m~croscopy ~er several days, as exposed silver grains.
Co~pounds of ~he presen~ inv~ntion can be pr~pared by any p~oceduxe availabl0 to the skilled artisan using protec~ing groupsj lea~Lng group~
2~ activatin~ grou~s ~n~ ~h~ l$ke ~3 ..3e~e~. ~t rting ~ v~ c~n ve cnosen wnlcn nave ~he desir~d ~1~ P~a~ :
R3, R4, R5 and P~6 g~ou2s at the re~ulsite pa~itions.
Alternativgl y, 2 le~ sreup may be u~d in plac0 o the des $ red ~1~ R2, R~, R4 ~ R, or R6 group, and the 25 appropriate group may r~place the leaving group ln a later synthetic step. Another altexnat~ve ls to employ a protecting group on a reactive group whLch may be pr~san~ ~n scar~ing ma~erials, , an amine or slmilar reactive group on the chasen starting material. The use of leaving ar protecting groups prevents undesirable ~:
side reactions from occurriny, while permittlng desired reac~ions to take place.
:;
`~
' .
SUBSTITUTE S~IEET
,:
WO~4/26314 ~39 ~ PCT~S93/04309 l As is goner~lly known in ~he art, and for the purposes of the present invention, a leaving group ~s :~.
defined as a group which is r~adily broken away ~rom its union wi~h a carbon atom. ~These groups are readlly !~
5 L^ecognizable by one skilled in the art. Suitable leaving groups are generally el2ctron at~raatin~ groups, ,~:
either becau~ o~ ~helr el~ctronega~i~ity or b0cause they have an inducti~e e~ 4, ~n~ m~ lnclud3 ~oups such as halides, N3, ~IO-~ryl, or HSO3 Aryl group~, and lO the like. For ex~mple, a lea~lng group can be present a~ t~s p~s~t~n ~. X ~ n ~ ~t~ ~ln~ '3~
presenk compounds; such a l~aving group ls pre~arably a halide, e.g. Br or I.
A protecting group l~ co~al~ntly boun~ to a 15 reactive group ~o ~ender the r~a~tlv~ group un~eac~ive while a}lowing desi~ed rkactions to take~ place. To be useful, a protec~lng group must in ~ddi~i~n be easily rsmo;sd ~iLhGut cnemicaily al~ering the r~ainder o~ the ~:
molecule, and must regenerate the correct structure o 2a the reactive aroup. Exampl~ og p~ts~ sr~ups ~4e~s~ e ~t~ e~ ~,~mpi~, primary an~ secondary amino : groups include acetyl, carbobQnz~xy ~cle~ed by a~ld hydrolysis~, benzyl (clea~sd by catal~tic hydrogenation), tert-~utoxycarbonyl ~cleaved by mild 25 acid treatment) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (cleaved by secondary amines). ~ comprehensive revlew o useful protecting group~ is prov~ded in Greene, l9~l Protective ~-_?~ gLanic ~y~nesls (John W~ley & Sons, New York). :
As provided herein an activat~ng group is a ~;
: group whlch is easily d~splaced by a radionuclide via ~:
electrophilic aromatic substitution~ The activating ' ~ , ` :~
SUE~STITUTE SHEET
`~:
WO94/2~314 213~ i~3 . PCT~593/04309 j ~
l group is used ~o facilltate substitution of a '~
radionuclide onto ~he present compounds. Ac~ivating ¦;:
groups contemplated by the present lnvention include ~'~
tr~butyl-tln, ~rimethylsllyl, t~butyldlmethylsilyl, 5 iodide and the llke.
The present compounds can be prepared rom readily available starting materlal~, ~or exampl~, hy ~:
amldati~n of a ~ubstltuts~ pheni~ alX~lca~b~xilat~ or substltu~ed benzolc acid wikh ~n appropri~e ~mlne. ';
lO Such a reaction yleld~ a compound o any en~ o~ ormulaQ
I to I~.
In an ~xemplary procedùr0 or synthe~ls o a benzamide compoun~ of ~ormula ~, a substituted phenylcarboxyalkyl can b~ used ~s a skar~lng ma~erlal, 15 For example, a phenylcarboxy~lkyl ~) ha~ing a lea~ing group (Y) a~ the desired X ~or Q) posi~l~n can be amidated in the pre~ence of a halagenating reagent with an amine of formula VI, as depic~ed below.
~y ~ .
~ ~CH2)~ CO-- OH ~ NH~-~CH2)y R2 ~~--~
( R ~
v ~ ~ ' 3 ;~
~.
SILJBSTITUTE SH~
;, Wo 94/263l4 g~3 -32- PCT~S93/04309 ~(CHz)~--CO--NH--(CH2 )y--11~
~.
wherein Y 1~ a lea~i~g group ~n~ t, q t ~, ~ and 0 F~2 ~rl3 as de~cri~ed herein~bo~r~ . Pre~erably Y ls a halo ~ :
~roup, . g . Cl, 3~ o~ c~ea p~e~re~ x~ gr~ups ~re ~r in a meta p~ition arld I ln a pa.ra pa~ltion relatlv~ to the carboxyl group, wh~ th~ X c~r Q ~ to be placed in ~ ~;
suGh a rQspect~ve meta or pa~ po~l tion .
Halogenatlng reag~nt~ ~o~ the ab~v0 dasc~l~ed reaction includ~ t,hos~ which can con~re.r~ ~h~ ca~boxylate to an acid haIlde, e ~ g . thionyl halide such as SOCl2, ~ 15~ ~Cl3 and tne lik~. A pre~erred halog~nating reagent is SOC12 in ~h~ p~esence o~ c~imethylormamide.
~? To facilitate '~r:n~tJ~n Oc su~h an acid :
h.~ 2, ~ L~tion can ~e ne~ted to re~lu~
temperatusss. ~ ~refQrred s~l~ent for thls reaction is a nonpolar vol~t ~1~ sol~rerlt, ~, g . chloroIorm . The acid chloride 90 ormed is suf ~iciently stable to be ;
25 isolated, for example, by evaporation of solvent. After : conversion of V to the acid halide, the amine (e.g. ~
can be condensed with the acid halide in the presence of a ~2 ~uch as ~riethylamine. Ths solvent ~or this r~action is also pre~erably a nonpolar solvent, e . g . .:
3~ chlorof orm .
The skllled artisan can readily madify the reactions describ~d above to g~nerate a compound of any , ,~ .
. ..
8UB~IT LJTE SHEET
~ .
.
WO94/263l4 213 95 0 3 PCT~US93/0~309 ~;
~33-l one af formulae I, II, III or IV. For example, toproduce a compound o~ formula II, an am~ne o~ the formula NH2- CHz- R~ can be used in place of the compound of ~ormula VI. Sim~-larly, to pro~uce a 5 c~mpuund of formula III or IV, an amine of the ~ormula NH2~ ( CH2 ~ m - ~5 or NHz~ ~C~2)n~ N~J)2~ ~espectlvely, can ~ .
be u~ed in place o ~I.
W~sn Z i~ he lea~ing group ~') can be directly replaced to produce a compoun~ ~ any one af lO formulae I, I}, III or IV. When Z is two -~, the ~.
carhorlJ~l c~ ~ ~h~ ~^m~ ~e "~i~ti or~ed ~y .,h~ a~ov2 conden~ation must be conver~ed in~o a methylene. To convert the -CO-NH- to a -C~ ~NH- a reducing ~gsnt can be used, e.g. ~oron hydxide, so~um borohydrate, lithium 15 aluminium hydride and the lik~, ~ pre~erred reducing agent i9 boron hydride (~H3) in the presence of : tetrahydro~uran (THF). ~or exa~ple, the carb~nyL o a ;:
compound of ~ormula VI~ can be converted to a msthylsne by the following xeaction.
2~ y Ra ~
~ ( CHz ) ~--CO--N~ CH2 ) y--F~2 ~ ;
: ~R~
: : 25 -~:
VII
, ~
, .
:
,~
S~J~sTl~lJTE S
WO 941263fl4 PCTliflLJS93/04309 .,:
~39~Q3 34 tetrahydro~furan ~ / , , ;''~
~fa~,~
J~ ( cHa ) ffff~f~f f~f~fffN~ J~ ~ ~2 Jf y -R2 ~)ff~ ~:
10' ,,, :,.
When the Rf afff -CZ-NRf- is lnw~r alkyl, ~fuch a :;
lower alkyl is addeaff, o . g, b~ ff-fff l ksrl ation, af tfff-a ~,f 5 condensation orf the acid hff~fffll~le f~nd thfa amine and afl:f ff~
conver~fion of ~he amidf~ (-CO-~H-) tfO the ~lkylaminf~ffff l:
(-CH2-NH~ ) . Pffflkylation can be d;,n~ by any ff~rallabl2 procfff.?dure, e.g. ufffing an alkyl halicle with a 30dium salt in dimethylfformamlde ox ethanol ff Fo~ exampleff, fff~n alkyl :::
2f~ halLde ~f e . g~ ' f~fd~fms~han-f ) can bfe rfzac~fffad with a corrffffpounff I
ULf~ ~v~ in ff nff~ prfffff3qnc~ o~ sff3fff~um bicarff~fonate sodium carbfona~cff~ff using dimetn~.lf~ffrmamide a~ff s~fflvefffn'c.
T i~ ff~f compound of ar,ffy Of ne of fforrnffful fffffff~
or IV is de~ ~ red, a C? group can replace the Y leaving ..
25 group, e . g . on ~rII or VIII . ~s pro~lded herein Q is a radionuclide, a halid~ or an act~vating group. When Q
1.9 a halide a starting material having the cl~sired h~ e a~ tha posi~ion o~ Q an be utilized, ~.g. V can be bromophenyl carboxyalkyl, lodophenyl carboxyalkyl 30 iodobenzoic acid, and the l~ke. An activating group ::~
~an he placed at the position of Y by available pocedures to qenera~e a compound o any one of formulae ; 35 , ~;
W~94/2~14 21 3 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~US93/04309 ~35~
1 II, III or IV, wherein ~ is the ~ctivating group. The acti~ating group ~Q) can in turn be readily replaced by a radionuclide (i.e. X) to gen0rat~ compounds of formulae I, II, ~II or ~, wherein X i~ th~ desired 5 rad~nuclide.
For example, act.ivation can b~ achi~ved using palladium cat~lyzed s~arlnyl~tion with bls(trlbutyltin), as d~ict~d bslow. .;:~
~r :
lV ~ ~
2 ) ~C~ 3 - ~ C~2)y- ~2 V~ Ia ~ ~ a ) ¦ (triphenylpho~phlne) 4 palladlum ~tribu~yltln) 2 ~ / ~ tri~thylamine Q ~ :
Ra ~
I ~ (CH ~ O -~3~ !C~!y- ~Z ~X
~R~)~
In this case Q i5 tributyl~in (~u3$n). This reac~ion i~ ;~
25 effective whether Z i5 -O or two -H. .:~
When using t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBDMSCl) or trimethylsi1yL chloride with N hutyL ~::
~ ~ I hJu.. ~ C, ~-~u~ ithium, a protec~ing group (R1) is ~::
first placed on the -CZ-NR~- ~mine, i ~3 .iS hydrogen.
3O When the R3 of the -CZ-NR~- is lower alk~l, no such protecting group is nQeded~ Protecting groups used for a -C~-NR3- amine can be any protecting group for a :~
: secondary amine~ e.g. carbobenzoxy (i.e. CBz, cleaved by .
,~
~....
.
SUBSTITlJTE SHE~Er WO94/~14 ~ 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 l acid hydrolysis~, benzyl (cleaved by ca~alytic hydrog~nation)~ tert-butoxycarbonyl (l.e. t~BOC, cleaved by mild acid treatment) and the like. The silylation reaction ~n then be performed as depic~ed below, e.g~
5 using an amine protected .~ompoun~ of formula VIIX.
Ra ~ 1~
~C~2)~ lz~ N~ (~) ~ R
¦ t-J.~ ~h~il3ilyl chïo~id~
~ ~ N-butyl lithiu~
~ ¦7 ( CH2 ) ~ H2~N--( C~Z ) y~--~2 t h~
2 In this case Q is trim~thy1silanQ ~Me Si). Th~
condltions u~d for this reac~ien ~ n,~ v'~
temperature (~.g. -78C) and a polar sol~an~ (e.g. ,1 tetrahydrouran ) . .;
The R7 group can be removed by standaxd techni~ues, e.g. when R;, is C~ or t-~OC acid hyd~olysls ;-can remove R~ and restore the secondary amine ~NH~
Silylation is preferred ~or compound~ whereln Z is two - :
H.
The radioactively labeLed compounds of the present invention can be produced with high speci~ic ~:
activity and high yi~ld by reacting a r~dioisotope ~e.g. ;::
3I, l25I or 13 I) with an activated intermediate ~e.g. a l~
, ~
,.:
$lJ13STITlJTE~ SHEE~T
.. . .......... . . . , . . .. ...... , . .. .. .. - . . .. ,. ~ . -WO94/~14 21 3 9 S O 3 PCT~S93/04309 .
l compound of formula IX or X~ in the presence of an oxidizing agent. ~ny oxidizing reagent whlch can :~
conver~ the nega~ively charged rad~onuclide ko a positively charged radionuclide can be used. Preferred 5 oxidizing reagen~s lnclude lodogen boads, peroxides such ~s peracetic.acld, hydrogen perox~d~ and ~he lik~, as well as ~~chlo~o-4-toluene-sulonami.de (i.e. chloramine- . .
T). A mor~ pr~err~d oxi~i~lng ~agent l~ chloramine~
: An acid, e.g. ~Cl, can al~o be added. :.`
An ex~mple of a ~eac~lon wher~ the r~ a r_~ a~ ing ~u~ i~ d3pi~d ~ ;
below ~sing, e.y. a compound of ~ormula I~. ,`;
`::
1 ~ (CH2)~ ~O - N~ G~12)y~ ~ IX ;~
Rb~ .
~ R ~
r~dioi~o~ope oxldizin~ agent acid x Ba ~
~ _ ( CH2 ) y--CO--NR~ ( CH2 ~ y ~2 2~ Rb~X . ~.:
~R~
.:
: When R and R togekher with the carbon atoms a ~ .
to whlch they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or 3 heterocyclic ring the deslred cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring can be in place on the ~tart~ng materlal. For example, the R~ and R~ of formula V
SUBSTIT~ E SHEET
.:
.~
w~94e~l4 ~ 38- PCT~S93104309 1 togethex wlth the carbon atoms to which they are attached can form the desired cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring. .;
As is recognized by the skllled ar~isan, th~ ~ , 5 above procedures can be modi~ied for making ~he presen-t 1:
compounds ~o include other known and commonly available procedures. The procedu~es provid~d hereln are inten~ed to ~e ill~t-a~ive ~nd are no~ exilaus~ive; there~or~ the illustrated procedures should no~ b~ vlewed as llmlting j;
lO the inventlon in any wa~.
A~4hor ~ n~ ;,g p~ n~ ln~n~i~n provides a compar~m~ntalize~ ki~ ~or detectl~n o~ a mammalian ~umor which lncludes a ~i~s~ con~ainer adapted to contain at least on0 e~ ~he compounds o the present l5 invention, A further ~mbodimen~ o~ th~ present in~entl~n provides a compar~mentalized ki~ ~or ~eating a ~a~,~al'an ~"o~ wh~ch inciudes a llrs~ conta~ner a~ap~ed ~ ;
to contain at least ane o~ th~ compounds o~ ~he present 2~ inv~ntion, :~
r~.m.pe~ s _~ ~.h~ praJe~ .v-~ ion wnicn a~e -;
provided in a kit for d~tecting e- t_~atir.g a ma~mallan , :~
tumor can have any one of formula~ I, TI, ~, IV, ~II, ~III, IX or X. However more preferred compounds for the 25 present kits are of any one of fa-muale II, III, IV, VII, ~III or IX. Especially pxeferred compounds of the ~:
present ~nvention which placed ln klts include compounds L X " ~"
~ l u a ~. .
Compounds provided in the present kits preferably have a Q rather than an X group and such a Q
group is preferably an activating group. Activating groups presnt on compounds provided in the subject kits ,: ' ,, ~.:
'~
wos4/26314 ~ 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 -39- ! .
1 include tribu~yl-tin, trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl. Tributyl-tin is an especlally pre~erred ackivating group ~or compounds provlded in the present kits. .. .
The klts of the pr~sen~ inven~lon can be adapked ko con~ain anokher c~nkainer havlng ~ reagQn~
~or replacing a ackiva~ing group with a radlonucllde.
~r ~x2mple su~h a ~ag~n4 c3n ~9 an oxldl~in~ reagen~, :
e.g. chloramlne-T.
~n a ~u~ther embodim~n~, the kl~ a~ the pressnt inv~n~ion can ~ a~p~3~ to cont~Ln ~na~hQ_ con~ain~r having a material ~r ~parating unattached radionuclid~ ~rom ~h~i radiolabeled ~omp~unds o~ the present inven~lon having an a~ached X group. Such a 15 materi~l can ba any chr~ma~ogr~phic material including a thin layer chroma~og~aphy pla~0, a molecular exc}usl~n resLn, a sillca gel, a reverse phase r~sln and the like.
ror con~nience, suc;~ re~ins ~an al50 b~ pro~lded in ~ns form of a prepacked column.
2~ The presen~ compounds can h~ admlnl~t~r~ to a m~,m, m,3 t ~ g ~ rh ~ ~m~ 4 ~ --f.~ J ~
pharmaceutical composi~lons con~aln a dLagno~lc lmaginy :~
or an anti~tumor amount o~ at least ane of the DrQssnt compounds tog~ther with a pharmaceu~ically acceptable 25 carr~r.
The composltions can be administered by well-known routes lncluding oral, intravenous, intramuscular, in~ranasai, intradermai, subcutaneous, parentexal, enteral, topical and the like. Dependlng on the route of administratlon, the pharmaceutical composition may require protective coatings.
.. ..
':',...
SUBSTITUTE SHEET
wo 94/~6314 ~39~3 PCT~S93/04309 , , -40- :
1 The subject compounds may be lncorpora~ed into ;.
a cream, solution or suspension ~ox topical admlnistration~ ' ' The pharmaceutical fo.rms suitable for ~ . , 5 injectlon lnclude sterll~,a~ueous solutlons or disperslons and sterile powder~ ~Qr th~ extemporaneous prepara~ion of sterile in~ectable ~olutions or ', dlsp~s~ons. In all case~ th~ u1tlmate ~olutlon Xorm must be sterl~s an~ ~luid~ I~ypic~l c~rlers include 10 solvent or disper~ion medium conkalnin~, ~or oxamplo, wa~er~ buf~e~ aqugous sel~;4~o~s (l.~, ~ blocompatibie bu~ers), ethanol, polyo1 ~glycerol, propylene gly~ol, polyethylens glycol and the llke), suitable mlxtur~s ~
thsreof, sur~ac~ant~ or v~g~tabl~ oils. Steriliza~ion :':
15 can be accompli,shed by any ar~ racQgnized technlquo, including but not limited ~o, ad~l~ion o antl~acterial ;~
or antifungal agents, for exampl~, paraben, c~lorobutanol, phenol, so~bic acid, thimero~al, and the like. Fur~her, isot~nic agents, such as sugar~ or sodium chlorids mav bQ in~orpe--te~ e s~bJ~c~
ProductLon of sterLie Lnjectable solutlons ~:
contain~ng 2~ 1 east on~ o~ tha pressnt campounds is accomplished by incorporating ~hese compounds ln the 25 required amount in the approp~iate solvent with various ingredients enumerated a~ove, as r~quired, ~ollowed by sterilization, pre~erably ~ilter steriLiæation. To ~btain a s~erile powder, the above ~olutions are vacuum-dried or freeze-dried as necessary.
When the present compounds are administered orally, the pharmaceutical compositLons containing an ;
effectlve dosage of the compound, can also contain an .;.
.
. ~.;
SUBSTITUTE SHEET ~
:
WO94/26314 21 3 9 5 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 1 inert diluen~, an assimilable edible carrier and the lilce. O~ally adminis~ered composi~ions can be provided in hard or soft shell gelatin capsules, tablets, elixirs, suspensions, s~rups and the like.
The subjec~ compounds are ~hu~ prepared for convenien~ and effective administration in pha~maceutically eE~ective amoun~s with ~ ~uitabla ph?rmacs~-t~ca~1y ccop~ble c2rrLsr in a d~ags which permits diagno~tic lmaglng ar cance~ cell death. The~e lO amounts are pr~ferably abou~ 1 ~g ~o abou~ 1 g o the compound ~er li~er an~ re ad~}nls~sred in dos~5 Or abou~ 1 ng/kg body weight ~o ~bout 10 ugt~g body weigh-t, or from about 0.1 mmole/kg body wsight to about 500 mmol0/kg body weight. Preferred composltions pro~lde 15 eEfective dosages of the p~esent compounds in the range of about 10 ng to about 2 ug/kg for diagnostias and preferably about 5 to about 50 mmole/kg body weight for thera2'i Moreover when cansldering a dosage ~o~ ~
dia~nostic imaain~ of therapv, ~.he s~e~ acti~Ltv of Q _a~ "~,v'~ C ~,~k~,. ' ..-'~
consideration. Such a SpQcifi~ activity is pr~f~akly very high, e.g. ~or l23I-labeled compounds the spsclf~c activity should be at leas~ ab~ut 1,0~0 Ci/mM ~o about 25 50,000 Ci/m~. More preferably the specific actlvity for ~2~I-labeled compounds is, e.g. about 10,000 Ci/mM to about 30,000 Cl/mM.
As used h~rein, a pharmaceu~ically acceptable carr.ier includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, ant~bacterial and antifungal agents, isotonlc agents, and the like which are physiologically acceptable. The use of such media and agents are well-known in the art.
.
~.
~UBSTlTUTE SHET ~
W054/26314 9~3 -42- rCT/lJS93/04309 The ~ollow.ing Examples ~ur~her illustrate the lnventlon.
'''' :
~, ~, ,~
SUBSTl rUTE SHEET
wos4l263l4 213 9 5 0 3 PCT~S93/0~309 -~3- ;
Synthesis o~ ~5I- ~
(2-Pipexi ~ .
Materials and Me~hods Melting points were d~term~ned wl~h a Flsher-Johns apparatus. lH and ~lC ~ gp~c~ra were recor~ed on a Brucker 300 ~M spectrometex. Vnles~ na~od, chemical :.
shi~ts were expresged as ppm usin~ te~ramethyl~llan~ a~ ~ :
an ln~ernal standard. Th~ ~hin lay~r ~hromatography (TLC) system consist~d o~ Analtech uniplate ~illca gel ~ -GF plate~ ~2$0 microns, 10 x ~0 cm), ~sind CHCl3/MeOH:80/~0 as ~olv~nt. ~a~ioac~lve ~po~ wer~
scanned and reco~ded by a ~loscan 300 ~magin~ scann~r e~uippe~ wlt~l automatic plate reader. Mass spectra (chemiczl ioni2a~ion) wsr~ recordsd on Finnlgan 1015 mass spec~rometer. Mal3lI was ob~ained rom duPont NEN
~nd ~a~Z5I was obtained rom aristol Meyo~s ~quibb.
Elemental analyses were pexformed by Galbraith : Labora~ory of Knoxville, TN.
Preparatiorl o~
(2-piper~ y~ino~th~l}4-b A round bottom ~la~k was charged witA 4-bromobenzoic acid (2.0 g, 9.95 mmol) in chloro~arm `.
25 ( 150 mL) . To th~ solution was added thionyl chlorLde ( 3 mL) in chloroorm ( 10 mL), 2-3 dxops o~ . :
dimethylformamide ~DMF). The slurry was heated at ~e1ux for 3 hr while monit~rin~ the rea~tion through a bubbler. A t::lear solution of 4-bromobenzoyl chloride ~.
3 was obtained, the volatiles were removed and a light yellow oil was obtained which solidified upon coollng.
,.
, ,.
`' '. .
SUE~STlTlJTE SHE~E~T
` .''.'' ~39 _44_ PCT~S93/0430 1 The 4-bromobenzoyl chloride was dissolved in .~
chloroform (30 mL) and added ~o a flask cont,aining 1 (2- :
aminoethyl)-piperidine (1.~9 g, 10 mmol) in chl~roform ;~
(20 mL). Triethylamine ~10 mL) wa~ added dropwise. The 5 mixture was stirxed a~ room temperatur~ ~or 1 hr and the ~olatiles were remov~ in vacuo. ~he resul~ing ~lurry ~ ;
was w~shed with 2~ sodium bicarbona~0 (2 x 50 m~). The `~
org~nlcs war3 d~s~olved in C~;Cl~ (100 mL), ~par~ted fram aqu00us layer and dried o~e~ anh~drous ~a2$O~. Th9 10 sol~ent was remo~ed to give a colorless s~lld ~A, 2.7 y~Qld~ 8~ 2 ~r~3/;~ 4~ pm~
1.~6 (t, 2H, CH2); 1.54 (broad m, 4~, CH2); 2.43 (broad s, 4H, NC~2); ~.52~2.56 (t, 2H, NCH2); 2.6~ (m, 2H, NCH2); 3.49-3.53 (d~, ZH, NCH~); 7.~1 (bs, lH, ~H); 7.S2-15 7~55 (m, 2H, arom); 7.65-7.6~ (m, 2H, arom).
Prepartion ~f This was prepar~d using a proc~du~e llke that 2~ described above for A ~u~ 5~ 4 ~ o~An~ acld ~3 ~ al. ~ w~i~e ~Oil~ (B) w2s obtalned in 89~ yield. lH R (? ppm~: 1. 43-1.45 (broad m, 2H, NC~2);
1.53-1.60 (broAd mr 4H, ~CH2~; 2.41 ~broad m, 4~, ~C~2); `~
2.50-2.54 (t, 2H, J=7.RH2, NCHz); 3.44-3.4R (dt, 2H, 25 NCH2); 7.02 (bs, lH, ~H); 7.47-7.4g (m, 2H, arom. ); ,, 7.73-7.76 (m, 2H, arom.). m.p. }14-115 C. Anal Cl4HlgN2Ol calcd. C, 46~91; H, 5.31; N, 7.R2, ~ound C, 46.91; H, `:;
5.~ 8.
'"'~
1'`"
,, ",...
,`.
~: '.', SlJE~STlTUTE SHE~ET `::
WO94/2~l4 21 3 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/0430g l Preparation of A flame dried flask was charged with 4 ~romobenzamide (1.0 y, 3.Zl mmol) in triethylamine ~4~ mL). Tetrakls(triphenylphosphine)palladlum (370 mg, 0.321 mmol), and bistributyltin ~Z.4 g, 3.80 mmol) were add~d, and ~h~ mixture wa~ re~luxed un~e~ ni~gan ~or 1~ hr. The mixtur~ was co~d, so~vent3 d9~aZ~ LrOm the black resldue, and ~he ~olatlles were rem~ad in }O vacuo. The xesuLting blacX oil wa~ pa~ed through a silic~ 5_1 c~1umn w~th ~lution wlth. CH~73 ¦100 m~), ~ollowed by ~lut~on with C~tCll/MeOH: 90/10. The de~ired frac~ions, as chara~teri~d by thln lay~r chroma~ography, were pooled and ~ol~ent wa~ evaporat0d lS to gi~e an oil ~C, 0.4 g, 56%). m/e ~ 5~3 (M ~H) ~100%), 233 (M -Sn~u3) (40~ H R (d ppm): 0.82-O.g3 (m, 16H, Bu~ and CH2); 1.01-1.05 (m, 4H, ~U3); 1.22-1.37 (m, ~H, ~ .A5-1.57 (r" 8~ lperidi~yl xLng); 2.45-2.5~ (t, 2H, NCH2 plperdiny.L ring); 2.60-2.63 ~t, 2H, 20 J-6Hz, NCH2); 3.53-3.58 (dt, 2~, J 5.34Hz, NC~); 7.30 7.41 ~bs, lH. ~H): 7.4~-7.7P tm 4w ~r.~. 13r p la, :~
ppm): 9.60, 13.58, 25.7~3, 27.30, 29.00, 36.0g, 54.2g, ;~.
57.lS, 126.~3, 128.39, 132.00, 136.5:4~ 167.6g.
Radiolabeling of n-tribut~ltin PA~ ~C) with I-125 to Yield l25I(2 pi .
To 100 uL of an ethanolic solu~ion o~ (2- : :
piperidinylaminoethyl)4-tributyl~lnbenzamidQ (1 mg~ml), was added a solution of ~l25I~sodlum iodlde (1.5 mCi, `~-3 uL) ln 0.1 N NaOH, followed by the addit~on of 0.05 N :-! 30 HCl (50 uL) to adjust the pH of the solution to pH 4.5- ::
6. Fifty uL of a freshly prepared solution of N-chloro- -.
~' i ' SUBSTITUTE~ SHEE~T
..
WO94/26314 ~,~39 ~ PCT/US93/04309 ,~
l 4-toluenesulfonamide sodium monohydra~e chloramine-T ::
(1 mg/ml) was added to t~ above mixture. The contents ~.
were s~irred ~or 10-15 minutes a~ room ~emperature and 100 uL of a solukion of sodlum metabisul~ite (200 mg/ml) ~ .
5 were added. The reaction mix~ure was neutrallzed with.a saturated solution o Na~CO3 ~0.~ rnL). 0.4 mL o~ normal sallne was added and ~he organlc~ wer~ exkracted ln CHC13 ~ m~ ater vor~exing 30 secsnd3. The chloro~orm layer was evapora~ed in a str~am o~ ni~rogen.
10 The radioactivi~y o~ the aqueous lay~r an~ the organic residue was countsd, Ths tot~1 ~s~o~er3d ~dl'o~t~
in the residue ranged ~rom 74 to 89% ~n~6). ~h~ r~siduo ~D) was dissol~ed in 90~ e~hanol, and 10~ 0.01 M
phosph~t,e bufLer ~00 UL). ~ por~ion o~ D was spot~ed on 15 a TLC-SG plats alony with a sample o~ nonradioac~i~e (2-piperidinylamino~thyl)4-icdoben~.amide (~, as abo~e).
The TLC-SG plates were ~eveloped wi~h CHCl~/MeOH: 90/10 (Rf=0.4S). Another por~i~n ~ s ln~ecb2d into a Gllson HPLC fitted with a Wa~ers Z-modul~ xadi~l ;
20 compression separation system containing a mlcro ~ondaPak C-18 rev~rse ~hase oL~n. ~ Jr~ b~L ',~' Rheodyne 4125 in~ector (0.5 mL loop~. The r~t~nti~n time for D (l25I-P~B) using isocratic elution with g9/10 E~OH~0.1M phosphake bu~fer (pH~6.7) at a ~low ra~e of ,~;
1 mL/min, was 8.5 min., a valu~,id~ntlcal t~ tha~ of non-radioactive (2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4- ~.
iodobenzamide. ~;
Radi,lolabeling of n-tributyltin PAB ~C) with l3lI
Yield _ I(2-pl~eridinylaminoeth 1)4-i ~ l ~0 . . :
The same protocol as described above far i .
5I(2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4-iodobenzamide ~D) was used .
' '.' SlJE3STlTtJTE SHEET
W094/26314 ~ 0 3 PCT~Sg3/04309 1 except that the amount o~ 0.05 N HCl added to adjust pHbetween 4.5-6 was dif~eren~ due ~o diffexent concentra~ion o~ aqueous sodlum hyd~oxide solution in which Na~31I was commerclally suppl~e~. The worXup of 5 and the purlfication o~ 13lI(2-piperidlnylaminoethyl)4 iodobenxamide ~E) was identlcal ~o ~g~2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4-iodobenzamld~ (D) 3bove.
Ths reactlons dsscr~bsd here~nabo~e ar~
depicted in Reactian Scheme X.
~EAC~ON SC~
~ OH SOC~ ~ A~N~ ;
X~ ~N~> X~bJJ ';
NE!3 la: X .. ~r ~:
Ib: X .. I
NE'3 ~u35n ~;
1) NaI ;~:
Z) ~.05 N HCI. pH ~
3) Chloramine-T ,:
- :' ~ ~ ~N3 79 94%
, :
SUBSTITUTE SHEEI' wo 94,26~ 39 ~3 PCT/US93/04309 EXAMPLE
5ynthe~is o~ ~;
5-ioclo~ ( N, N~ e~hylaminoethyl ) ~
~ " .
. .
5Materials and Metllod~
~ _ ,. ..
Mel~lng polnts were d~termlnQd wlth a Flsher~
Johns apparatus. l~t ~nd 13C t~ spec~,r~ ~re~ recorded ~n ~ ~ .
Brucker 30Cl A~ spectrome~er~ Unless n~t~d, chemlc~
shi~ts were ~3xpres~d as ppm Usin~ t~ramethylsil~ne ~s 10 an internal standard. Th~ t:hln lay~x chr~ma~ogr~phy .:
(~I3 C) S~s~-gl~l C~ns~3J''e'~ 0~ ~nal~e~h un~plats s~ a gel GF plates ~250 microns, 10 x 20 cm), u~ing .;~;
CHCl~/MeO~:80/20 ~s sol~rent adioactive spot~ w~re scanned ~nd recorded by a ~iosc~an 3ao i~aging s~anner 15 e~u~pped with automa~ic plate r~ad~r. Mass spectra (chemical ioni~ation) were recorded on ~innigan 1015 mass spec~rometer, Na~ was obtained from duP~nt NEN ,~:
and Na~~I was obtained rom Bristol Mey~rs Squlbb. l.. `
Elemental analyses were per~ormed by ~albraith 20 ~bo~ U......... cx~ , TL~. 1 1.~; ,'.
To a solution ~,3-dihydrobenzouran (25 g~
0.21 mol) in chloroorm ~100 mL) was ~dded dropwise at , .
25 0C, a solution of bromine (67 g, 0.42 mol) with `~:
stirring. The reaction ~ix~uxe was stirred overnight at .
xoom temperature. The excess bromine was dastroyed by ::
addition of a saturated sollltion of sodium thiosul~ate .:.
(30 ml). The organic layer was separated r~m the 3O ~norganic layer and washed with 2~ sodium bicarbonate (2 .
X 50 ml), then dried over anhydrous sodium sul~ate. `
The volatiles were removed in vacuo to provide a light ;
:. .
:
SU~STITWTE SHEET
WO94t26314 2 I 3 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 , -49-1 yellow oil ~51 g, 87~ H NMR ~CDCL~) ~ ppm: 3.~1-3.27 (~, J - 9 Hz, 2~, CH2): 4.57-4.63 ~t, J ~ 9 Hz, 2 H, OCH2): 7.14-7.15 ~t, l H, arom.): 7.32-7.33 (t/ 1 ~, arom.).
~;
Synth~ a~ 5-bromo-7- ~;
~ 1'."""';
To the a~ove dibxomo compound ~ lS g, S3, 9 mmol) was added anhydrous t,e~rahydrouran ~50 ml). The .
solut,ion was co~le~ a~ -78 C unde~ nlt~ogen atmosphere. 1.~
A solution of n-bu~hyl~ hlum (~.0 M. ~7 ml) ~as ~ddsd .. ;:
to the mixture dropwise. The mix~u~ tul^n~d lighk `-yellow brown. Aft0~ 5 mi~ute of stir~lng at -7~ C, carbon dioxide was ~ubblèd th~ough ~he mixture, gi~ing a ~.
5 s~raw yellow color to the m~x~ure. Tho mix~ure Wa5 then warmed up to room ~empe-atu~e an~ s~ir~sd for 30 minutes. A dirty white color solid was ob~aln~d upon :;
filteration (7.0 g, 53~ H NMR ~d~MS~) 2.~5-2.95 ~.
(t, J - 9 H~, 2H, C~2: 4.3S-4.4S (~, J ~ 9 Hz, 2~, OCH2)~
~' i ' SUBSTITUTE~ SHEE~T
..
WO94/26314 ~,~39 ~ PCT/US93/04309 ,~
l 4-toluenesulfonamide sodium monohydra~e chloramine-T ::
(1 mg/ml) was added to t~ above mixture. The contents ~.
were s~irred ~or 10-15 minutes a~ room ~emperature and 100 uL of a solukion of sodlum metabisul~ite (200 mg/ml) ~ .
5 were added. The reaction mix~ure was neutrallzed with.a saturated solution o Na~CO3 ~0.~ rnL). 0.4 mL o~ normal sallne was added and ~he organlc~ wer~ exkracted ln CHC13 ~ m~ ater vor~exing 30 secsnd3. The chloro~orm layer was evapora~ed in a str~am o~ ni~rogen.
10 The radioactivi~y o~ the aqueous lay~r an~ the organic residue was countsd, Ths tot~1 ~s~o~er3d ~dl'o~t~
in the residue ranged ~rom 74 to 89% ~n~6). ~h~ r~siduo ~D) was dissol~ed in 90~ e~hanol, and 10~ 0.01 M
phosph~t,e bufLer ~00 UL). ~ por~ion o~ D was spot~ed on 15 a TLC-SG plats alony with a sample o~ nonradioac~i~e (2-piperidinylamino~thyl)4-icdoben~.amide (~, as abo~e).
The TLC-SG plates were ~eveloped wi~h CHCl~/MeOH: 90/10 (Rf=0.4S). Another por~i~n ~ s ln~ecb2d into a Gllson HPLC fitted with a Wa~ers Z-modul~ xadi~l ;
20 compression separation system containing a mlcro ~ondaPak C-18 rev~rse ~hase oL~n. ~ Jr~ b~L ',~' Rheodyne 4125 in~ector (0.5 mL loop~. The r~t~nti~n time for D (l25I-P~B) using isocratic elution with g9/10 E~OH~0.1M phosphake bu~fer (pH~6.7) at a ~low ra~e of ,~;
1 mL/min, was 8.5 min., a valu~,id~ntlcal t~ tha~ of non-radioactive (2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4- ~.
iodobenzamide. ~;
Radi,lolabeling of n-tributyltin PAB ~C) with l3lI
Yield _ I(2-pl~eridinylaminoeth 1)4-i ~ l ~0 . . :
The same protocol as described above far i .
5I(2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4-iodobenzamide ~D) was used .
' '.' SlJE3STlTtJTE SHEET
W094/26314 ~ 0 3 PCT~Sg3/04309 1 except that the amount o~ 0.05 N HCl added to adjust pHbetween 4.5-6 was dif~eren~ due ~o diffexent concentra~ion o~ aqueous sodlum hyd~oxide solution in which Na~31I was commerclally suppl~e~. The worXup of 5 and the purlfication o~ 13lI(2-piperidlnylaminoethyl)4 iodobenxamide ~E) was identlcal ~o ~g~2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4-iodobenzamld~ (D) 3bove.
Ths reactlons dsscr~bsd here~nabo~e ar~
depicted in Reactian Scheme X.
~EAC~ON SC~
~ OH SOC~ ~ A~N~ ;
X~ ~N~> X~bJJ ';
NE!3 la: X .. ~r ~:
Ib: X .. I
NE'3 ~u35n ~;
1) NaI ;~:
Z) ~.05 N HCI. pH ~
3) Chloramine-T ,:
- :' ~ ~ ~N3 79 94%
, :
SUBSTITUTE SHEEI' wo 94,26~ 39 ~3 PCT/US93/04309 EXAMPLE
5ynthe~is o~ ~;
5-ioclo~ ( N, N~ e~hylaminoethyl ) ~
~ " .
. .
5Materials and Metllod~
~ _ ,. ..
Mel~lng polnts were d~termlnQd wlth a Flsher~
Johns apparatus. l~t ~nd 13C t~ spec~,r~ ~re~ recorded ~n ~ ~ .
Brucker 30Cl A~ spectrome~er~ Unless n~t~d, chemlc~
shi~ts were ~3xpres~d as ppm Usin~ t~ramethylsil~ne ~s 10 an internal standard. Th~ t:hln lay~x chr~ma~ogr~phy .:
(~I3 C) S~s~-gl~l C~ns~3J''e'~ 0~ ~nal~e~h un~plats s~ a gel GF plates ~250 microns, 10 x 20 cm), u~ing .;~;
CHCl~/MeO~:80/20 ~s sol~rent adioactive spot~ w~re scanned ~nd recorded by a ~iosc~an 3ao i~aging s~anner 15 e~u~pped with automa~ic plate r~ad~r. Mass spectra (chemical ioni~ation) were recorded on ~innigan 1015 mass spec~rometer, Na~ was obtained from duP~nt NEN ,~:
and Na~~I was obtained rom Bristol Mey~rs Squlbb. l.. `
Elemental analyses were per~ormed by ~albraith 20 ~bo~ U......... cx~ , TL~. 1 1.~; ,'.
To a solution ~,3-dihydrobenzouran (25 g~
0.21 mol) in chloroorm ~100 mL) was ~dded dropwise at , .
25 0C, a solution of bromine (67 g, 0.42 mol) with `~:
stirring. The reaction ~ix~uxe was stirred overnight at .
xoom temperature. The excess bromine was dastroyed by ::
addition of a saturated sollltion of sodium thiosul~ate .:.
(30 ml). The organic layer was separated r~m the 3O ~norganic layer and washed with 2~ sodium bicarbonate (2 .
X 50 ml), then dried over anhydrous sodium sul~ate. `
The volatiles were removed in vacuo to provide a light ;
:. .
:
SU~STITWTE SHEET
WO94t26314 2 I 3 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 , -49-1 yellow oil ~51 g, 87~ H NMR ~CDCL~) ~ ppm: 3.~1-3.27 (~, J - 9 Hz, 2~, CH2): 4.57-4.63 ~t, J ~ 9 Hz, 2 H, OCH2): 7.14-7.15 ~t, l H, arom.): 7.32-7.33 (t/ 1 ~, arom.).
~;
Synth~ a~ 5-bromo-7- ~;
~ 1'."""';
To the a~ove dibxomo compound ~ lS g, S3, 9 mmol) was added anhydrous t,e~rahydrouran ~50 ml). The .
solut,ion was co~le~ a~ -78 C unde~ nlt~ogen atmosphere. 1.~
A solution of n-bu~hyl~ hlum (~.0 M. ~7 ml) ~as ~ddsd .. ;:
to the mixture dropwise. The mix~u~ tul^n~d lighk `-yellow brown. Aft0~ 5 mi~ute of stir~lng at -7~ C, carbon dioxide was ~ubblèd th~ough ~he mixture, gi~ing a ~.
5 s~raw yellow color to the m~x~ure. Tho mix~ure Wa5 then warmed up to room ~empe-atu~e an~ s~ir~sd for 30 minutes. A dirty white color solid was ob~aln~d upon :;
filteration (7.0 g, 53~ H NMR ~d~MS~) 2.~5-2.95 ~.
(t, J - 9 H~, 2H, C~2: 4.3S-4.4S (~, J ~ 9 Hz, 2~, OCH2)~
7.1 (m, lH, arom): 7.4 (m, 1~, arom). 13C NMR ( d6-DMS0 ~ and CDCll): 27.~8, 71.78, lL0.51, 114.17, 131~2, 131.25, 153.09, 164.87. ~nal., C9H7BrO3 calcd. C, 44.44i H, 2.88; found C, 44.52; H, 2.97.
. .
Synthesis of 5-bromo~~N, N'-diethylamino~ , ;;
A round bottom flask was chargQd wi~h .
bromocarboxylic acid (1.79 g, 7.36 ~nol) and chloro~orm ::;
(50 ml). The slurry was skirred and thionyl chloride (~.0 ml) in chloroform (~ ml) was added to the slurry ~`:
3 along with 2 drops of DMF. The mixture was refluxed for 90 min to give a clear solution. The volatiles were removed in vacuo to give yellow solid. This acid ~::
";
~ ~, S~E~STITUTE SHE~
` ~.
wo 94/2~14 z~3g ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 . -50-1 chloride was used wi~hout fur~her purification ~or the ".
condensation with amine. To another flask containing N,N-dlethylethylenediamine ~0.82 g, 6.99 mmol) and :~
triethylamine (lS ml) ~nd CHClJ (30 ml) was added a 5 solution of th~ abo~e acid chlorlde in CHC13 ~1$ ml~.
The mix~ure was stlrred or 3 hourg. The~vola~iles were removed, the residue was wash~d wlth water ~50 ml) and the org~n~s wor~ dissol~ed ~n CHCl~ (,S ~). Th~ ~ ;
organic layer was sep~rated, drl~d o~er anhyd. N~2$O4, lO and the volatilss remov0d agaln to glve a ligh~ yellow ,;~
color oil. Th~ oLi Wa5 ou~ d ~ 3s~g~ ~h~ h a silica gel column a~d elution with CHCl~/MeOH:90/10.
The ~rackions con~ainin~ ~he dssirsd compound w~re ~:~
pooled together, ~nd th0 ~olatiles were remo~ed to gi~
15 the c~rboxamlde ~l.g y, 80~ 'LC silic~ gel R (0.7) CHCl3/~leOH: 90/10~ The hyd~ochloride salt was made with an ethanolic solu~ion of hydrogen chloride gas upon t~it~xa~ion ~h anhydrous ~,h~ N;~R ~DCl~) c ppm~
0.9~-1.00 ~t, J Y 7 Hx, 6 H, NCH2C~3): 2.46-2.53 ~q, ~ = !
2Q 7 Hz~ 4 H, ~CH;CH~: 2.55-2.59 (t, J ~ 7 ~z, 4 H NCH ): :;
3.17-3.~2 ~, J ~ Q U 7 ~ 7 u, r~z ~ ~, 4~_ ~, A ~ ~ ""
NCH2): 4.63-4.69 (t, J = 9 Hz, 2 H, OCH ~: 7.3~ (m 1 H. I:~
arom~: 7.961-7.968 (m, 1 ~, arom):. Anal.
Cl5H2~BrN2O2.2HCl, Calcd. C,47.68; H,5.82; N,7.41; E~und 25 C,47.38; H,5.~0; N,7.35. -~
,':' Synthesis of 5-tributyltin-(N,~'-di~thylamino-ethvl~-2.3-dihvdroben7.ofuran-7 _ b~x~m~.dQ ! J`
A round bo~tom flask was charged wlth 5-bromo~
carboxamide (1.0 g, 2.93 mrnol), bis(tributyltin) (~.4 g, 3 4.1 mmol), palladium tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) ~0.35 g, 0.29 mmol) and triethylamine ~55 ml). The mixture ~-:
, ~.
SUE3STITUTE SHEET ~
WO9~/26314 21~ 9 ~ fJ 3 PCT~S93/04309 -51~
. .: ., ;
l was refluxed for 3 hours. The volatiles wexe removecl in ~.
vacuo and the resi~ue was dissolved in CHCl~. Thls ;:
solu~ion was loaded onto a sillca gel colurnn ~nd eluted ~.
first wlth C~C13 ( 100 ml) and then wl~h CHCl3/M~aOH: 90/10 5 wh~.reby a llght brown band was collec~ed. Th~ volatil~s ~., were r~moved ln vacuo to giv~ ~n oil ~1.3 g). The TL ;
show~d a sllghtly impure cQmpound. ~h~ oil w~s pa~sed through a shor si~Lc~ gQl column agal~ and gl~t~ with : :~
CHCl3/MeOH: 90/10 ~o gl~e O.g g puro tln comp~ound. TLC ..
lv (sillca gel) Rf~0.,4S (CHCl3/MeOH: 90/10). lH NM~ ;
~CDc13) 0.33-1.60 (~ 3 3 ~, nBUJ and r~Cr~ 3~ r 2.il~
~q, J ~ 7 Hz, 4 H, ~C~2CH~); 2.60-2.66 ~t, 2 H, C~l2);
3.18-3.23 (t, J = 8 Hz, ~2); 3 44~3~50 ~, J ~ 6 Hz, H, CH2); 4.64-4.70 (~, J 9 Hz, 2 H, OCH2~; 7.32 (m, 1 15 H, arom); 7.~7 (m, 1 H, arom). lJC ~CDClJ) (~ ppm):
9.67, 12.01, 13.60, lfi.45, 2~ 7, 27.30, ~7.~2, 2Q.03, 37.58, 47.06, 51.72, 71.74, 115.~7, 127.26, 132.65, 135.53, 136.76, 158.0~, 164.92.
~ ~;
V S y ~ ~ ~h ~ ~ g--~ N ~ ~ .~. J
e ~ h v l ~ - 2 ~ h ~ ~ h~ =
Tributyltincarbox~mlde (300 mg) and lodln~
~0.8 g) were stirred t~g~ther in CHC13 a~ room temperature for 48 hours. The mix~ure was qu~nched with a saturated solution of sodium thiosul~ate. The organic 5 layer was ~eparated, dried and the volatiles were removed in vacuo to give a colorless oil. The oil was ~s~d ~ h th~ c~ ~n ~n~ t~ w~ th CHCl3~MeOH: 95/5. The first few fractians contained tributyltin ~odide and were discarded. The later 3 fractions provided the deslred iodo (0.2 g, 9s~) compound. TLC slli.ca gel Rf = 0.3 ~CHCl3/MeOH:90/10).
3S :
,;
SUBSTITUTE SHIE~ET
~ 5~_ rCT~ss3/o43~g l lH NMR ~C~Cl3): 1.34-1.39 (k, J = 8 Hz, 6 H, NCH2CH~
3.14-3.33 (overlapping multiplet and triplet, 8 H); ::
3.85-3.91 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2 H, NC~I2); 4.71-~.76 (t, J ~ 9 ,:~
Hz, 2 H, OCHz); 7.54 (m, l H, arom); 8.02 (m, 1 H, 5 ~rom).
.
Synthesi~ ~ 5-b~omo~ 2~aminoethyl- ~ .
pipexidinyl)-2~3~dih~ uran~7-c~rboxami~
A r~und bottom ~lask wa~ charged w.L~h bromocarboxyl.ic acid (2.0 g, 8~ mmol) and chlo~oorm (50 ml). The slurrv was s~irr~d and ~hl~nyl chlorids (4,0 ml) in chloro~orm ~10 ml) w~s add~d to the ~lu~ry along with 2-3 drops ~f dimethyl~ormamide. The mlx~ur~
w~s ~efluxed ~or 6C mLn ~o glve a cle~r solu~ion. The .
1 volatiles wer~ remov~d in vacuo ~o give a yellow ~olid. ~:~
Th~ acid ~hloridQ was us~ withou~ ~rth~ puxiflcation ~.
for the condensation with amlne. To ano~her fl~sk containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)piper~e~e ~ , 8.98 mmol), trlethylamine (15 ml) and C~c13 ~4~ ml) was added 20 a solution of ~he abovo acid chlorlde irl CHCl~ ~0 ml).
The mix~ure was stirr0d ~or 3 hours ~ r~n~ ~Qm,r~
The volatiles were ~emoved an~ ~he ~esidu~ was takan up in CHC13 ~100 ml) and washed with water (2 x 50 ml).
The organic layer was ~ep2rated, dried ~ve~ anhyd Na2S04, and the volatiles removed in vacuo to give a light yellow oil. The oil was purified by passage through a silica gel column when elution with CHCl~MeOH: ~0/10.
The desir~d ~r~ .s we-e -_...~'..~d an~ th~ volatiles were evapora~ed to give light yellow oll (2.4 g, 83~).
Rf (TLC silica yel CHCl3/MeO~:90/10) - 0.7. lH NMR (~
ppm): 1.42-1.60 (m, 6 H, piperidinyl cHz's); 2.42 (bs, 4 H, piperidinyl NCH2); 2.48-2.S2 tt, J - 6 Hz, 2 H, CH2);
.
SUE3STITUTE~ SHE~
'~.
l:
W094/2~14 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 j~
-53- 1:
l 3.20-3.26 (t/ J - g Hz, 2 H, NCH2); 3.48-3.54 (m, 2 H, NHCH2); 4.68-4.73 ~t, J ~ 9 Hæ, 2 H, OCH2); 7.33-7.35 (m, t 1 ~1, ar~m); 7.98-7.9g ~m, 1 ~1, arom); B.OS (bt, 1 H, 1 ;
~) ~':,:' Synthesis of S-n-txibutyltln-1-(2~aminoothyl~
ni~eridinv~ 3-dihvdrob~nzo~uran ~7 ggL3~ab~n~C~
5-bromo-caxbox~ml~ 0 g, S,63 mmol), I :
bis~tributyltln) ~3.~ g, 5.7 mmol), and palladlu~
t~trakis (triphenylphosphlne) ~.33 g, 0.~8 mmol) wexe ~ -re1uxed overnlaht ( 15 hr5 ) in trle~hyl~min~ ~100 ml~
The black r~sidue was separ~t~ ~rom khe sol~nt. The volaSlles were removed and the y~llow ~esidue was passed through a siiica gel column and elu~0d ~irst with CHC1J ~:
tl50 ml) and then wi~h C~C1J/M~OH: 90/10. The ~actions conta~ning ~h~ dssired compoun~ ~er~ comblnsd tog0thQr -~
and the volatiles were removed to give a light ~ellow viscous oil (~.4 g~. ~ NMQ ( ~ pp~ O ~ Q2 ~ ~7 ( 4 ~ J -7 Hz, 9 H, nBu3); 0.98-1.5g (m, 25 ~, nBu~; anc~
piperidinyl CH2); 2 . 48 (bm, 4 H, pipericlinyl NC~"); 2 . 49-2.54 ~ = 7 ~z. 2 ~, C~ ~: 3~21-3.2.~ t = 9 ~. 7. ~
H, CH2); 3.5i-3.55 (m, 2 H, NCH2); 4.63-4.69 (t~ J - 9 ,;
Hz, ~ H, CCH2); 7.34 (m, 1 H, arom); 7.95 ~m, 1 H, arom ) .
The reactions described hereinabove are 5 depict~d in Reaction Scheme II.
:
.
"
$UBSTITILJTE~ SHEET
~'.
WO 94/26314 PCTIUS93/04309 -- ~:
39~3 ; -54- ;
'"'",~ :~
,~, 1'~' ,'','' ','~
R}:ACTIO~ SC~ Iï , ~:
,~
--~\. SOC~
11 / ~ 1 1 \ :., Br~~
~N~ C~ x~
C ~ ~ R
~\ ~ ~ 0 5n ~, '25 ;,.
'~
''~
"~
su~3~;T~T~J~E ~3H :
WO94t26314 ~l 3 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 1, .
In Vikr~ Compatitive ~inding of Radioactive and Nonradiaactive ~2-Piveridinvl~minoeth~lS-4-Iodo~enzamide ~ .
Competitive binding s~udies indicate ~hat compounds of the p~es~nt lnv~ntion bi:nd malign~n~
melanoma oells wlth ver~ hlgh a~~nit~.
A205~ cell~, d~rlv~ rom a b~in m tasta~
of human ma llgn~n-~ m~l~rl~ma (Todaro e~ al. lg80 ~x~c.
N2stl ~ Acad. Sci. USA 77: sas~ ) were ob~ainqd ~om tha National Insti~u~es o Health. The~e c~lls w0~e g~own inS DMEM2 medium ~Dulbecco's mo~sification o~ Eagle's medium, E~lEi~s) supplemensted wl~h lO~ fe~al ~oviri~S se.~um :~;
and 0 . 03~ L-glutamine .
! 2~ inJ~lai"' no~hy' ) ~-iodso~sn~.amide ( i . e .
IPAB, B) and ~2sI~2-pip~ridlny.lamlnoekhyl)4-iodob4nzamide ~) was synthesized as describecl in Example 1.
In VltroIa~L~_~L~IL~be~9~ ,~
A2058 cells, grown as descxibed above, were harves~ed with calclum and magnesium xee phosphate buffer (0.1 M) containlng 0.~2% EDTA. C011s wsre washed twice with ice-cold RPMI 1640 medium (Gibco) without glutamine and ~esuspended i~ the sam~ medium. Carrier-free rI25IlPAB (0.1 ml! was adde~ to Q~h~ etc ^~
0.1 ml test A2058 cells (1.5 X ~o6 cel1s in suspension).
To observe competitive binding hy non-~adiQ~ctive IPAB, , I ~,~ :
J varying concentrations of non~radioactlve IPAB were add~d in a volume of 0.1 ml. Cells were incubated at ~:~
.
~ 35 STITUTE SIH EET
'`:
WO94/2~14 ~ ~ PCT~S93/0430 ~ $6-l 37C ~or 5 hr af ter add.ition o~ radioactive and nonradioactive IPAB.
After incubation, c~115 w~re collected by ~:
centr~fugation for ~ min and washed twice with RPMI 1640 5 medium. The xadioac~ivl~y bound ~ cells was counted using a Packard Autogamma 5650 ~cln~llla~ion counter. ;~
Data w~re analy~ed wikh an ~NP~O~ er~tive, non-l~near lea~ s~u~r~ cur~ ~iL ~ing program.
0 ~ _3ul t3 Fi~ a~ h~ ;P~ blnds to human malignant melan~ma cells wi~h hiyh a~lnlty. In particular, Fig. l shows ~he amoun~ o~ nQnradioac~iv~
IPAB n~eded to compstL~,iv~ly ~nh.~bit blndLng of 15 radioactive IPAB. ~indlng o~ 50~ of the radioac~ive IPA8 was compe~i~ively inhi~ d by as llttle as 6.8 nM
(i.e. Kl is 6.~ nM). These ~ata indic~e that IPA~ ;
binding is so highly selec~ive an~ stable that khe : interactlorl o~ IPAB wit~l human mallgnant mel~noma cells ~ V 1 ~ k ~ 1 y !) C ~ 1~ _ S ~ T ~ ,~ ~ S ~1 ~, S ~
r~ap~r.
, :, ~ :
.; ', ..~,.
` 30 ;~
SlJB~3TITlJTE SHEET
~ ::
WO 94/26314 PCT/TJS93/04309 ::
-57- ;;
1 EXAMPLE 4 .:
~_ .
In Vi~ro Binding Competition Between :
Pharmaco~ogical Antagonists and ( 2-Piperidin~lAmirloethyl ) -4-Iodo~ nzamide Competitive bindlng studies ln~lcaJce that compounds of the p~es~n~ lnvention blnd cell sllr~a~e sigma receptors on m~llgnant m~lanom~ cell~.
!
klat~rial~ ~nd Metho~
A2058 c~lls, ~erived from a ~rain me~astasis o~ hum~n m~lignasl~ melanom~ (~odara ~ Proc.
Natl . ~c~d . Sci . US.~ 77: 5258 ) are ob~ained ~rom the National ~nstituk~s o~ ~eal~h. Th~ celLs ~re grown in DMEM2 medium (Dulbecco's mc:dl~lcation ~ Eagle's medlum, 15 EMEM) supplem~nted wl~h 10~ e~al bovin~ semm and 0 . 03%
I.-glutamine .
~ 2-Piperidinylaminoe~hyl ) 4 ~ iodabenzamidQ ( i . e .
IPAB, s) and I(2-pipe~idinylamlnoetnyi)~ iodoben~,ainide ~:
~ D) is synthesized as cie~cribed ln Exampls 1.
;~O Ph.~ are~ ir~l anta~enists and the correspo~lng recep~ors wnic'n ara ~ "~ 4C~_ I
2 (i.e. si~ma recQptor an~aganist), ~luph~nazin~ (slama- ~:
l at low concentra~iens 2nd sl~mP-2 at high : concentrations), SC~23390 (dopamine~ aclopride 2r (dopamine-2), melanocyte secrekin~ hormane peptidQ
~melanocyte secreting hormone receptor), mianserln (S- ~:
hydroxytryptamlne-l receptor), NAN-l90 ~S-hydroxy-tryptamine-la recep~or), kat~nserina ~-hydroxy~ryptamine-lc receptor), ketanserine and ;~:
mianserin (S-hydroxytryptamine-2 receptor) and 3-tropanyl dichlaroben (S-hydroxytryp~amine-3 receptor~. ~
~:
,;
S~ BSTI~JTE S~EF~
;,, WO94/2~14 ~ ~ 3 - 58- PCT~S93/04309 ,_ :~
In V~tro Cell Bindinq Assay A20g8 cells, ~rown as described above, are harve~ed with calc.ium and magn~sium ~xee phosphate buf~er ~0.~ M) con~alning a.o2% EDTA. Cells are washed 5 twice with ice-cold ~PMI ~1640 medium (Gibco) wlthout glutamine and resuspended in ~he ~am~ medium~ Carrier-~ree ~l2gI~AB (0.1 ml) i~ added to elgh~ allqu~ks o~ 0.1 ml test A205~ ccSlls (l.S X 106 c~ n sUspc~ns~n)~ To observe competltive blnding by ph~rmacological lO antagonlsts, ~arying concentrakion~s of the ant~gonlst9 2r~ th~n add~d in a tolum~3 o, 0~1 ml. Csl~ e -' incubated a~ 37C for 5 hr a~ter a~ lon o~ an antagonist and th~ radloactiv~ IPAB. ;:~
A~ter incuba~ion, c~ ar~ collect~d by I5 centriuga~ion or S mln and washed twice wlth RPM~ 1640 medium. The radloacti~ity bound ~o cells is count~d ~:
using a Packard Autogamma 5650 scin~illa~ion count~r. : ;
Data can be analyzed with an INPLOT~
lterative, non-linear least squara curve El~ing ~^ ~rogram.
-F~PS U 1 ~S , ' An~agonists with d~monstrated binding ~ :
specificity for cell ~urace ~igma recept~rs (~.g.
25 fluphenazine) can act as competiti~e binding inhibitors of IPAB binding to maligna~ melanoma c911s. In contrastr antagonists that do not bind to c~ll surface sigma rec~p~ors canno~ inhibit binding of radioact~e IPAB to melanoma cells. Such data in~icate that th~
3O present compounds bind to cell surface sigma receptors.
SUBSTIITUTIE S~EET
.
wos4l2~l4 21 3 .9 ~ V ~ PCT~S93/04309 -59- .
.
1 ~XAMPLE 5 Binding C~mpe~ikion Be~ween Pharmacological ~n~agonisks ~nd Materials and M~th~ds ~:
_ _ . __ ~ 2-Piperidinylamin~h~l)4~lo~obenzamldo ~i.e.
IPAB, B) was synth~siz~d as c1esc~ib~d in Exampl~ l.
A sigma-l bindlng assay w~s pQr~med in lO guinoa pig brain memb~an~s and ~a~ C6 glioma cQll3 (purchased '~om Am~rican Tis~u~ and Cell Collectlon, Rockville, M~) ln ~he presence o~ ~ ~igma~l selective lig~n~, t 3H~ pentaz~ine, ~ sigma-2 binding assay wa~ pe~Iorm~d ln ra~
15 liv~r membranes in ~he pre~0nce ~ ~ slgma-~ selecti~0 llgand, ~3nJ~TG, in ~h3 px~s~nce 0~ dex~ra}lorphall to mask sigma~l sites.
: ;.
ion:
A plasma membran~-mltochandrial (P2) m~mbrane ~r~ctiQn w~s orQDar~d f~om rozen ~uinea pig b~ains (Pel-Freez~, Rog~rs~ AK), minus cerebellum. The b~ain tissue was thawed slowly be~re homogenlza~lon. A crude P2 m~mbrane ~raction w~s also prepar~d from ~he li~ers :~
25 of rat Spsagu~-Dawley ra~s (150-220 g, Taconic Farms) liver. The anlmals were decapi~a~ed and theLr li~ers ~;:
were minced and homogenized. The tissue homogenization was carried out at ~ C in m.~ ~'s~ue WQJ~ht ~f 10 mM
Tris-HCl/0.32 M sucrose, p~=7.4 using 10 mo~or-driv0n -~
3o strokes ln a Potter-Elvehj~m Te1On glass homogenizer.
he crude homugenate was centrifuged for 10 min at lOOOg and the crude nuclear (Pl) pellet was discard~d.
~,:
$UBSTI~UTE SHE~ET ; `
... ..
'~' ' .. , .. . .. , . ~ . . , ~, WO94/2~14 2 ~ 9 ~ e PCT/US9310430 1 Supernatants were centrifuged at 31000 g fox 15 min to yield a plasma membrane~mi~ochondrial pellet (P2). This pellet was resuspended in 3 ml/g in lO mM kri~ HCl, pH
7~4 and used for binding studies. Pxotein 5 concenkrations were dekermlned, by the method, of Lowry.
~arious concentratLons of khe ~PAB ranging ~rom 0.5 - 1000 nM wex~ lncubatad with guin~a plg brain membranes (300-500 microgram p~oteln) in the ~resence of 3 nm [~ penkazocine ~p~ci~lc acki~ity 52 Cl/mmol) lO in 0.5 ml o 50 mM Tri~-HCl ~or 60 min ~t 37C. The ~mcun~ ef non speciJ~ h~n~ing was ds~xmir.ed by the additlan of 10 mM Tris-HCl, p~l 8.0 ~ollowed by rapld, ~ilteratlon through gla~s ~ rs u~Lng a ~randel Cell ~;
harvester tGal~h~rsburg, MD)~ Fll~er~ we~e washed ~wi,e ~i 15 with ice-cold buffer. Prior -to u~e, filters wera s~aked, ~;
ln 0.5% polyathyleneimine ~or abeut 30 min ,t 25~ C. .;
Similarly rats Iiv,9x mem~ranes (sl,~ma~2) o~ C6 glloma cell homo~sn~te~ o in~u~ wLth 3 nM rJH~D~G ~3q.4 Ci~mmol) in the presence of 1 mlcrom~lar cold 20 dextrallorphan and var.ious concen~ra~ion o the ::
unlabeled XPA~. The amoun~ of non spsciic bl~din~ was ~.
determined by incuba~ion uf membran0s in the pre~ence of 5 micromolar haloperidol. ~:
When the assay was terminated, the membranes 25 were filtered and the iltra~e washed twice as above.
The radioactivity was counted in Ecoscint ~National Diagnostics, Manville, NJ) after an overnigh~ extxaction ,U,.~g .
The amount of IPAB required to inhibit binding o~ sigma-1 and sigma-2 selective ligands by 50~ (i.e.
the ICso values) was derived using the computerized iterative curve~fitting program, GraphPAD. K1 values '~
8lJB~3TlT~JTE SHE~ET
WO 94/26314 21 ~ 9 .~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/û4309 were calculated from the IC50 values using Cheng-Prusof f equation~
Resultg The K1 value~ for IPAB are shown in Table 1.
Sigm~- 1 Slgma-~ Sigma -~Gu i nea_P l g Br~ i n ~ C~_I D_ a . 89 nM 24 . O nM 130 nM
Thes~ da~a demonst~ate ~hat ~PAB blnds to cell sur~ace sigma receptors with ~re~y high aeinity.
` ~.
2u ;:
; ;~
~;:
i: ~
1:
~.
~, SUBSTITUTE Sl~ ET
'";
WO g4/26314 PCT/~JS93/0430g ,,.~ ' ~,~39 3C~ -62-Biodls~rlbuti~n a~
5I- ~ 2-Piperidin~Aminc)ethy 1 L~4-IodoBenzamide ,. :
Biodistribution éxperlm0n~s were pex~o~med to a~ses~ th~ tumor-spe~ficiky u;~ the pr~sen~ c:ompound~.
l~tsrials and U-eho~ls ~:
A2058 ~umor a~lls, d~rlve~ ~.rom a b~ain ;~
metastasis OL human rnallgnan~ m~l~noma ~Toclaro et al.
1980 Proc . N~tl . Acad . Sci . US~ 77: 5~5~ ~ w~re oktairl~d ~xom ~he Naklonal l~nstl~ute~ o ~ealth. ;~:~
N~n-small c~ll lung carcln~ma cell lines NC~-157, Nc;-a3a an~ NCl l~g~ were ob~in~d ~x~om th~
National Cancer Instl~ute. ~he NC~ ~157 cell line is ~ ~
squamous carclnoma cell line, while NCI-~38 is an aden~carcinoma cell line and ~C~-12g~ i9 a large c~
lung c~;nom~ c~
Tumor ~ells wer0 gro~n in DMEM2 medlum (Dulbecco's modiication of Eagle's medi~m, E~EM~ ;~
suPpl emented wit:h Ln ~; f ~ r ~ r~g ~.g~ ,.."
glutamine.
l25I-N-(dlethylaminoe~hyl~4-iodobenzamide ~i.e.
['2sI]DAB) was p~èpared A5 described ln John et ~1. (1993 Nucl. Med~ ~lol. 20: 75-79).
l29I(2-piperidinylaminoe~hyl)4-lodobenæamlde (i.e. ~l25IJPAB) (D~ was synthesized as de~cribed ln :~
S; X~r l ~ 1 .
.
3o For ln vivo studies, tumor cells were harvested using calcium and magnes~um fr~e PBS
:
SUBSTtTlJTE SHE~
.
.
WO94/26314 213 ~ ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04~09 ~ -63- :
l containing ~,02% EDTA. Suspension o~ 5 x 106 cells (vlab~llty gre~er than 95~) in 0.~ mL o medium were innoculated subcutaneously in ~emale Balb/c nu/nu mice. `;
Afker about two weeks, ~solid tumors of about 1 cm in ";
5 diameter appeared in ~pproximately 85~ o all innoculated mice. Mice with soli~ ~umor~ havlng a : .
diameter of abou~ 1 cm were used ~or biodistxibution ~:
s'udles.
Balb/c nu/nu mlce ~17-22 g~ ware ln~ected ,~
lO int~avenously wl~h 0.2 ml of a sallne ~olution ~o~alning ~ ~'T ~p~3 ~ J-6 ~-Ci ) . At 1~ 5 ar~ 2~ h~
in~ection, blood ~amples w~re ~ollec~ed by cardiaa ~.
puncture and ~he mica were sacri1~ed immedlately thereater by cardiectomy while under halothane 15 anesthesia. The organs o in~er~s~ were subse~uently excissd, blot~sd wlth ~ssu~ pap~r, w~lghsd, and the ~;
radioactivity was coun~ed using a Packard au~omatic counter ~autogamma 5650), The ~ in~ect~d do5e/g ID~g~ values were datermined by comparison oP ti59U~
2G _ ~s~ Qg '~ h S~_s~Zb1y ~ 5~"- t~ h~ -ln~ec~e~ 9IJPAB aose a~ e~ Dy cne welgn~ oi ~n~
organ. Tha ~alues obtained were normaliz~d to a mouae :.
w~ighing 20 g. The di~'3~ence~ ~etween t~29I]PAB and ~`
t~25I~DAB were ~xamined by Stud~nt'~ unpaired t tests.
~5 R~ul~s Tables 1-3 illustr2te the biodistrlbution of [lZ5I]PAB and ~ I]DA~ in nude mice bearing human A2058 melanoma xenogxafts in the ~lank at one, six, and ~wenty-four hours, respectively, after administration o the imaglng agent.
;
~ ., SU13STITI )TE SHEET
WO94/26~14 2~39 3~ PCT~S93/04309 1 At one hr. posk-injection ~Table 1), the ...
concentration of ~lZgIJDAB ~% injected dose/gm) was higher than the tumor concentration of ~ZsI]PAB ln several ~issues lncluding non-tumorous liver, muscle, 5 lung and heart tissues. ~here~re, while ~l2sI~DAB
collected in ~he tumor at a marglnally higher level ~han ~25~PAB, ~125I]DAB w~s signllGantly 1ess speci~ic or .
the ~umo~ site than E ~ l~Aa By 6 hrs. ater admlnl~e~l~g th~ di~gnostic 10 agents, mice recei~ing ~la~I] P~ h~d more o~ thl~
diagnostic ag~n4 ~' n ~h~ o~ ~han ~n~ o4h~_ t~ gSUg ~ Tn contragt ~ 125~ ]DAB was found a~ higher concen~ra~ions ln the liver than in the kumor. ~oreo~e~, the COTlCOrltratiOn o~ t 125~ ~A3 was signlicant1y high~r than tha~ o [l2sI}PA~ in non-canc0rous blood, li~er and intestinal ti~5U9S.
By 24 hrs. mlce ~ecelving ~l2sI~PAB had about four-fold more ~g;]P~B ~n ~heir ~umors than in thoir livers. In contrast mice recei~ing ~ ~]DA~ had only ..;
,~ a~out half ~s ~.uch rl25I~A~i in ~h~ tumors ~g ~he~Y
iivars. lnese data indicate tha~ nîgn ie~eis or : [l25I~D.~B are non~-speci ~cally local~d in ~h~ e~.
These d~ta also indicats ~hat ~l~5I~DAB has 1~ss tum~r specificity than [l25I]PAB.
Moreover, ~he ~umor concentxation of [lZsI]PAB
: was almost twice as high as that of ~ 12~I ]DA~ indicating that IPAB ~indq to tumor cells with gxeater affinity and stability than IDAB. These data lndlcate that [~--I]PAB
is highly specific for malignant tumors which contain cells having sigm`a receptors.
:
~UBSTITlJTE 9HEET
j,.
,,, .
21 3 9 ~ D 3 PCT~S93l04309 . WO9~/263t~
1 Table 1 ~ .' Biodistribution o~ N-(piperidinylaminaeth~
4-iodo ~l25I~benzamide, ~lZ~I~PAB, and `~
N2s(diethylaminoeth~1)4-iodo ~lZI]benzamide, ~ IlD~B, in nude mice x~nogxa~ted with human melanotic mel ~ 9i_ ~ `
, ' .
.1 . .
~ Value for ' ;
lO ~ Hour ~ l2~]PAB ~l2~ AB Dif~rence .'~ .
Blood 0.~67(.168) 1.03(.318)NS
Liver 6.35~,770) 1~.7~1.6~)~.001 Spleen 3.11t.789) 3.46~.206)NS
15 K~dney 3.82(.56l~ 4.63~.905)NS
Bone 0.750(.0663) 1.04(.476)NS
Muscle 0.55Z(.0711) 0.988(.125)<.001 Stomach 3.23(.697) 3.~4(1.98) NS
Intestine 10.64(.541) 5.04(1.47)~.001 2~ T~-y-~Oid 4.2~(.594) 5.6~(1.0~).013 Lung 2.34(.~77) 6.32(1.55)~.001 Heart 1.14(.~07) 1.67(.21~).001 Brain 0.895(.08~7) 1.04(.0855).015 Tumor 3.~7t.470) S.18(1.31).044 RATIQ
Tumor/Blood q.l6(1.09) 5.68~2.75) Tumor/Muscle 7.16(1.S0) S.33(1.65) .
, .
, .
;:
SUIE~STIT~JTE SHEET
~:
WO94/26314 PCT~S93/04309 ~39~ 66~
l Table ~ ~:
Biodistributilon o~ N-(piperidinylamin~ethyl)-4-iodo ~ g}]ben~amide, ~l2~I~P~B, and N5(di~thylamlnoethyl)4-iodo ~ 12 I~benzamide, S~ I3D~B, ln nude mice ~enograted with human melanotic melanoma f% ID/a~ mean ~s~d. dev.), ~
P Valu~ ~or 6 Hour ~ l~5I~PAB ~lZ~D~B Di~er~nce Blood 0.208(.0542) 1.03(Ø1g7) .001 I.iver 1.16(.212) 3,74~.427) ~.001 Spleen 0 . 330 ( . 105 ) 0 . 2~0 ( . 0990 ) NS
Kidne~r 0.483(.131) 0.435(.0909) r~s Bone 0 . 115 ( . 0236 ) 0 . 100 ( . 02~7 ) NS
Muscle ~ . 0983 ( . 03~6 ) 0 . Og67 ( . 0356 ) NS
S'oma~n 0 . 757 ~ . 298 ) 0 . 475 ( . 164 ) NS
In~estlne 2 . 46 ( 1.18 ) 0 . 423 ( . 0963). 00 Thyroid 0 ~ 5 ~ 0 3 ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ 2 4 ) ~S
,.3O/;.u5~ 9g3J ~S
Heart 0, t 67 (, 0372 ) 0 . 150 ~ . 0329 ) NS
Braln 0 . 122 ( . 0331 ) 0 .132 ~, C254 ) iJ~
Tumor 2.91(.463) ~ 2.83(.388) NS
RATIO
Tumor/Blood 14.9(5.07) ~8.1(5.84) .002 TumGr~Muscle 32.S(12.0) 33.3(14.0) NS
:~ .
: _ _ TlJTE SHET
.:
WO94/2~14 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 ; ;
j ~67-1 Table 3 ~ ' ,' ;.
Blodistribution o N-~plperi~inylamlnoethyl)- :
4-iodo [~2gI]benzamider ~Z5lI~PAB, and N-~dle~hylaminoethyl)4-~odo t I]benzamid~, 5~l25I]~AB, in nude mlce x~nog~ated with human melan~tic me_ noma_L~ g , ,',,.'~
P Value ~o~
24 Hou~ ~ lZsI~P~B ~l19I]~B Dl~~r~nc~
~lood 0.0617~.018) 0.0350~.0084).00~ ~;
L~ver 0.263(.02~6) 1.12(.232) c,001 Spleen 0.0383~.015) 0~o35o~n23) NS
15 ~idney 0.0850~.016) 0.06~.01g7) NS
Bone 0.0133~.0052) 0.0133~005~) N~ ~:
Muscle 0.0117~.0041) 0.0150~.0084)NS
Stomach 0.130(0.881) 0,445~.386) NS
Intestine 0.132~.0852) 0.123~.0717) NS ;~
: ~ Th.y~ n,l~ n / , 14 3 ) ~ ' ~ ~ ~ 7 )~JS `
~ung 0.0717(.0075) 0.0633(.0273JNS
Heart 0~0283(.0075) 0.0233~.017~)NS
Brain 0.0067(.0052) ~.0~33(.00~
Tumor 1.028(.239) 0.553~.241~ ,006 ;-i~;
RATIO ,, Tumor/Blood 17.8~6.10) I5.5~4.69) NS
; .
: Tumor/Muscle 94.S(32.5) 39.7~9.61~ .003 -:
,, .
, ' ', ',.".'' 1,:
i'''''.' SUBSTITUTE SHEET' . .
WO~q/2~14~ PC~'~S93/04309 ~9~ 68-Biodistriblltlon of 2~PiperldinylAminoeth~l~-4-Iodo~enzamide Biodistrlbution.experimen~,s were performad to 5 as~ess the ~umor-speci~lciky o~ ~he present compounds.
v~r~ nd K~ ~ h~
~lon-small ce.~l lung carclnoma eell lines NC
157, NCI-~38 and ~CI-129g wer~ ob~aln~ rom ~h~
lO National Cance~ ~ns~i~ute. The NC~-1$7 c~ in~ i~ a squ~mous ra-~in~m~ 1 line, ~ le NCL~83~ i3 an adenocarclnoma cell line and NCI~l~gg is a large c~ll lung carcinoma c~
Tumor cells wer~ grown in ~MEM2 m~dium (Dulbecco's modi~icati~n of Eagle's medium, ~MSM) supplemen~ed with 10~ al bo~inQ s~rum and 0.03% L-glutamine.
(dietnylaminoQ~hyl)4-iodo~enzamide (l.e.
~lZ5I]DAB) was prepared as de.scribed in J~hn et al. (1993 20 NUC1 . MQd ~ Biol. 2~ 7S-7a), l45L;2-pip~ri~inyiaminoe~nyi~ o~o~enzamLae (~.e. El25I]PAB~ (D) was synth~siz~d as des~ ed ln Example 1. .;~
....
Animal Blod ~ ~
, For in vivo studies, tumor cells were ;:
harvested using calcium and magnesium free P~S
containing 0,02~ EDTA. Suspension of 5 x 106 cells (viability ~reaker than 95%) in 0.2 mL of medium were ; I ` 3 lnnoculated subcutaneously in femal~ Balb/c nu/nu mice. .. ;:
Ater about two weeks, solid tu~ors of about 1 cm in : diam~ter appeared in approximately 85~ of all :
':
$UE3STlTl.)TE~ SHEET
.....
W094/26314 ~I 3 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT/USg3/04309 l innoculated mice. Mice with solid ~umors ha~ing a dlameter of abou~ l cm were used for biod.is~ribution ::
studi~s. ~.
Balb/c nu/nu mice ~l7-22 g) were lnjected 5 intravenously with 0.2 ml of a sallne solutlon `~ `
containing ~12'~]PAB (5~6 ~Ci). ~ and 24 hr. after injectlon, blood samples w~x~ coll~cted by c~dlaa puncture and ~he mlce were ~ac~liced lmme~i~taly thereaftex by c~rdie~t~my whil~ und~r h~loth~ne lO anesthesia. Th9 organs o~ interost were ~ubse~u~nkly excised, blotts~ with tlgs~e pap~r, w~ighed, and khe radl~activi~,y was counted uslng a Packa~d aut~m~ic counter (au~ogamma 5650). The ~ inject~d dosc/g (~
ID/g) vaiues were dete~m~ned by ~omparison o~ tissu~
15 radioacti~ ies wi~h su.i~ably diluted aliquo~s o~ thQ
injscted [1~s~]PAB dos~ dl~Ld~d by ~h~ weLght o the organ. The v~lues ob~aine~ wer~ normalLzed to a mouse weiahing 20 g.
.
Tables 4-5 .illus~xa~e the biodis~ibution of ,:
[l25I]~AB and [125I]PAB, respec~ively, in nude mics , ;
bearing human squamous cell carcinoma xenografts in the :~
flank a~ one, six, and ~wen~-four hours after 25 administration of the lmaging agent.
By 24 hrs. mice recei~ing ~ I~PAB had more [125I]PAB in their tumors than any other tissue. In ;:
contrast mice receiving [125I!DAB had about six-fold more 5I]DAB in thelr livers as ~heir tumo~s. These data 30 indicate that hlgh levels of ~125I]DAB are non- ;
specifîcally localixed in the liver. These data also I ';
'`..
: 35 .~
~,~
SUg3STlTUTE Sl~ ET
: '' W094/26314 ~9~3Q3 P~T~US93/04309 l indicate tha~ ~l25I]DAB has le5s ~umor speci~icik~ than I]PAB.
Moreover, the ~umor concen~ration o ~l~5I]P~B
was more ~han three-~Ql~ higher than that o~ ~l25I~DAB at 5 24 hrs. post-injection lndica~ing that IP~B binds to tumor cells with greater ~f~nit~ and stabilit~ than I~AB. These data indicate that ~5I~P~ ls highl~
sp~cific f~r lun~ car~ln~mas whl~h ~on~ain c~lls h~ving sigma receptors. ~:
..
~5 `" '' ' '. '~' .
, ,~
, .,'' SU113STITUTE 3HE~ET ;;
~.
WO94/26314 21 3 9 5 o 3 PCT~Sg3/04309 , . .
l Table 4 ::
, Biodistribution Q~ N-(diethylaminoethyl)- :
4-iodo ~l2~X~benzamlde~ El25I}D~B, in nude mice xenograft~d with human squamous cell caxcinoma r"~,, ID/gi mea~ d~, d~y~
Tlssue 1 hr ~ hr 24 h~
;' ~ , ~loo~ 1.3~ ~.4~) 0.3~ 4) O.~Z7 ~ 0~ ~
I,L~er13.77 (0.72) g.~4 ~0.5~) 1.2S (0.10) :~;
Spl~en 3.S8 (0.28) ~.Sl ~0.0~) 0.01 ~0.00) ;:
Kidne~ 7.64 (0.35) 1.~7 (0.16) 0.05 (0.00) 15 B4ne 1.85 (O.Z~) 0,21 ~0.01) Stomach 5.41 ~0.53) 2.7 ~0~93) 0.15 ~0.02) Intestine5~64 (O.S8) 1.34 ~0~Z7) 0.05 ~0.01) Thyr~d ~.2~ (a.72) 1.43 (O.SJ) 0.03 ~O.Oi) Lung 6.3~ ~0.8~) 1.07 ~0.14) 0.03 ~0.00) 20 Heart 2.~1 (0.16) 0.38 (0.11) 0.00 t0.00) :
B~ain 1.57 ~n.n~ n ~3 (~,05) ~n~ tV-~vi Tumor 5.13 (0.74) 2.17 ~0.093 0.18 (0.0~
. . - - - l.;
~
.
... ..
' ` 3 :..
.~ .
~SUIBE3TITlJTE Sg~lEET
.:
~ ~3 9 - 72- PC1~593/04309 1 T~b Biodistrlibution of (piperidin~laminooethyl)-4-i~do ~2~I~benzarnide, ~l2gI~P~, ln nude mice xenogra~ted wi~h human ~quamou~ cell carcinoma _________L ~ -, ~
Tissue 1 hr 6 hr 24 hr .
" , ~lood1.9 (0 33) 0~51 ~C.C3) 0,1~ ~.37) Liver10.48 ~ 6) 3.47 (0.23) 0-39 ~0~0~
Spleen3.97 ~O.lB)0.8~ ~0.2a) 0.05 (0.00) Kidney6.56 (0.04)1.~1 ~0.28) 0.13 ~0.~0) BonQ2.03 (0~28) 0.5G ~0.18) 0.02 (0.00) ~.
S'omach6.57 (1.31)3.46 ¢0~18) 0.20 (0.03) Intestine12.63 ~0.43)11.41 ~0.52) 0.38 (0.09) :~:
Thyr~d7.8~ (0.3;) 2.aO (0.49) 0.09 (0.01) Lung 4.91 ~0.25) 1.10 ~0.03) 0,08 ~0.00) -.:
Heart2.25 ~0.07) 0.49 ¢0.03~ 0~03 !~~
Brain t.. ~n !n 17) ~'~9 (V-VLj U.Ui ~O.U~
Tumor4.27 (0-40) 3.Z7 (0~33) 0.55 (a~
`
'',",''' , '.
, ,~ .
:
$UBSTITUTE 51HE~T
WO94n63l421 3 9 ~ D 3 PCT~593/04~0~ ¦1 ~73-1 ~XAMPL~ 8 Diagnostic Imaging Uslng sI-(2-PiperidinylAminoethyl)-4-IodOBenZamid.e f I ~
5Thess experlments illustr~e the presen~
diagnostic imaging pr~cedures and ~he ben~fit o~ :
utllizing the presen~ compaunds in such procedures. .:
~i ;
M ~J~I~LJ~
~2058 c~lls, derl~e~ ~om ~ brain meta~asis of human mali~nan~ melanoma ~o~axa e~ al. 1~80 P~oc.
Natl. ~cad. Sci. U5A 77: 5~58) were ohkalned ~rom the ~;:
Natlonal Ins~tutes o~ H~alth. ~ human lung ~ ;~
adenocarcino~ cell line, NCX~ a3~ was ob~alned ~om the -;m~
15 Natlonal Cancer Ins~i~ute. These cell~ wer~ grown in DMEM2 medium (Dulbecco's modi~ication of ~agle's medium, :~ :
EMEM) supplemented with 10~ fetal bo~ln~ serum and 0.03~
L-alutam~ns . ,' .',' l3lI-N-~diethylaminoethyl)4-ifodobenzamld~ ~i.e.
20 [lJlI~DAB) was pxepared as described in John et al, (1993 '` "
Nucl. Med. BioL. 2~ 7~-79! .-;
I~I(2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4-iodobenzamide ~ -(D) was syntheslzed as described in Example 1.
~Y.:_~L~L_b~2L1~5 Balb/c nulnu mice (17-22 g) bearlng human melanoma or non-small cell lung carcinoma xenograft t~,.o-~ ~r~ ~"~a~ad intraven~usiy wîth O . 2 m; or saiine solution containing [l3lI~PAB or [l3lI]DAB (150-200 ~Ci).
; 30 The anlmals were anesthetized with kètamine containing .:;:
rompun before the imaging studies. The images were .
':' ~. `
1;
~, SUBSl~ITUTE~ S~EET
' :
~ 74_ PCT~593/04309 1 obtained using a scintigraphic camera with a pln-hole collimator at Ç and 24 hr. post injection.
Figs. 2 and 3 provid~ scin~igrams of nude rnice implanted wi~h human m~lanoma x~nografts and treated 5 with 1 l3ll ~ PAB and ~ l3lI ~ DA8, respec~ively .
~t 6 and 24 hrs, postln~ectlon, ~I~lIJPA~ wa5 ,~ ' detected only within ~he ~umor (Flgs. 2A and 2B). In conkra~t, no ~ l3lI ~DAB wa~ d~te~d i;l th~ tumor at .
ei~her 6 or ~ hrs. ~e~ ~dministra~lon ~Figs. 3~ and 3B). Moreover, considerabl~ upt~ke o~ ~JiI~A~ had occurr~d in -k~s li~sr~ o~ mic~ rs~ivlng ~h~
and 24 hrs. post-adminlst~atlon ( Flg~ . 3A ~nd 3 L~ttle or no ~l3lI~PAB was obse~v~d in th~ 9r at .~
either 6 or 24 hrs. post-admlnistr~tion, Th~se data ~:
15 indica~e IPAB is a signiflcan~ly be~ter diagno~tic agent -~
for ~umo~ imaging than IDAB.
Fig. 4 provides a scintigram e~ a nude m~u~e lmDlan~ed w~h ~ mas. ad~noca~nom~ xen~gra~ 30 hxs.
after in~ection of t~ PAB. The~e sclntegr~phlc 20 imaging studies easll~ vi~ualized the implanted tum~_ ~L . ~"
bo~h 24 and 30 hrs. ~o~-i.n~ec~
~ `;
;, ~5 . ``
: , ~
.~:
SuB!~TlTllJTE S~EET
... .
. .
Synthesis of 5-bromo~~N, N'-diethylamino~ , ;;
A round bottom flask was chargQd wi~h .
bromocarboxylic acid (1.79 g, 7.36 ~nol) and chloro~orm ::;
(50 ml). The slurry was skirred and thionyl chloride (~.0 ml) in chloroform (~ ml) was added to the slurry ~`:
3 along with 2 drops of DMF. The mixture was refluxed for 90 min to give a clear solution. The volatiles were removed in vacuo to give yellow solid. This acid ~::
";
~ ~, S~E~STITUTE SHE~
` ~.
wo 94/2~14 z~3g ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 . -50-1 chloride was used wi~hout fur~her purification ~or the ".
condensation with amine. To another flask containing N,N-dlethylethylenediamine ~0.82 g, 6.99 mmol) and :~
triethylamine (lS ml) ~nd CHClJ (30 ml) was added a 5 solution of th~ abo~e acid chlorlde in CHC13 ~1$ ml~.
The mix~ure was stlrred or 3 hourg. The~vola~iles were removed, the residue was wash~d wlth water ~50 ml) and the org~n~s wor~ dissol~ed ~n CHCl~ (,S ~). Th~ ~ ;
organic layer was sep~rated, drl~d o~er anhyd. N~2$O4, lO and the volatilss remov0d agaln to glve a ligh~ yellow ,;~
color oil. Th~ oLi Wa5 ou~ d ~ 3s~g~ ~h~ h a silica gel column a~d elution with CHCl~/MeOH:90/10.
The ~rackions con~ainin~ ~he dssirsd compound w~re ~:~
pooled together, ~nd th0 ~olatiles were remo~ed to gi~
15 the c~rboxamlde ~l.g y, 80~ 'LC silic~ gel R (0.7) CHCl3/~leOH: 90/10~ The hyd~ochloride salt was made with an ethanolic solu~ion of hydrogen chloride gas upon t~it~xa~ion ~h anhydrous ~,h~ N;~R ~DCl~) c ppm~
0.9~-1.00 ~t, J Y 7 Hx, 6 H, NCH2C~3): 2.46-2.53 ~q, ~ = !
2Q 7 Hz~ 4 H, ~CH;CH~: 2.55-2.59 (t, J ~ 7 ~z, 4 H NCH ): :;
3.17-3.~2 ~, J ~ Q U 7 ~ 7 u, r~z ~ ~, 4~_ ~, A ~ ~ ""
NCH2): 4.63-4.69 (t, J = 9 Hz, 2 H, OCH ~: 7.3~ (m 1 H. I:~
arom~: 7.961-7.968 (m, 1 ~, arom):. Anal.
Cl5H2~BrN2O2.2HCl, Calcd. C,47.68; H,5.82; N,7.41; E~und 25 C,47.38; H,5.~0; N,7.35. -~
,':' Synthesis of 5-tributyltin-(N,~'-di~thylamino-ethvl~-2.3-dihvdroben7.ofuran-7 _ b~x~m~.dQ ! J`
A round bo~tom flask was charged wlth 5-bromo~
carboxamide (1.0 g, 2.93 mrnol), bis(tributyltin) (~.4 g, 3 4.1 mmol), palladium tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) ~0.35 g, 0.29 mmol) and triethylamine ~55 ml). The mixture ~-:
, ~.
SUE3STITUTE SHEET ~
WO9~/26314 21~ 9 ~ fJ 3 PCT~S93/04309 -51~
. .: ., ;
l was refluxed for 3 hours. The volatiles wexe removecl in ~.
vacuo and the resi~ue was dissolved in CHCl~. Thls ;:
solu~ion was loaded onto a sillca gel colurnn ~nd eluted ~.
first wlth C~C13 ( 100 ml) and then wl~h CHCl3/M~aOH: 90/10 5 wh~.reby a llght brown band was collec~ed. Th~ volatil~s ~., were r~moved ln vacuo to giv~ ~n oil ~1.3 g). The TL ;
show~d a sllghtly impure cQmpound. ~h~ oil w~s pa~sed through a shor si~Lc~ gQl column agal~ and gl~t~ with : :~
CHCl3/MeOH: 90/10 ~o gl~e O.g g puro tln comp~ound. TLC ..
lv (sillca gel) Rf~0.,4S (CHCl3/MeOH: 90/10). lH NM~ ;
~CDc13) 0.33-1.60 (~ 3 3 ~, nBUJ and r~Cr~ 3~ r 2.il~
~q, J ~ 7 Hz, 4 H, ~C~2CH~); 2.60-2.66 ~t, 2 H, C~l2);
3.18-3.23 (t, J = 8 Hz, ~2); 3 44~3~50 ~, J ~ 6 Hz, H, CH2); 4.64-4.70 (~, J 9 Hz, 2 H, OCH2~; 7.32 (m, 1 15 H, arom); 7.~7 (m, 1 H, arom). lJC ~CDClJ) (~ ppm):
9.67, 12.01, 13.60, lfi.45, 2~ 7, 27.30, ~7.~2, 2Q.03, 37.58, 47.06, 51.72, 71.74, 115.~7, 127.26, 132.65, 135.53, 136.76, 158.0~, 164.92.
~ ~;
V S y ~ ~ ~h ~ ~ g--~ N ~ ~ .~. J
e ~ h v l ~ - 2 ~ h ~ ~ h~ =
Tributyltincarbox~mlde (300 mg) and lodln~
~0.8 g) were stirred t~g~ther in CHC13 a~ room temperature for 48 hours. The mix~ure was qu~nched with a saturated solution of sodium thiosul~ate. The organic 5 layer was ~eparated, dried and the volatiles were removed in vacuo to give a colorless oil. The oil was ~s~d ~ h th~ c~ ~n ~n~ t~ w~ th CHCl3~MeOH: 95/5. The first few fractians contained tributyltin ~odide and were discarded. The later 3 fractions provided the deslred iodo (0.2 g, 9s~) compound. TLC slli.ca gel Rf = 0.3 ~CHCl3/MeOH:90/10).
3S :
,;
SUBSTITUTE SHIE~ET
~ 5~_ rCT~ss3/o43~g l lH NMR ~C~Cl3): 1.34-1.39 (k, J = 8 Hz, 6 H, NCH2CH~
3.14-3.33 (overlapping multiplet and triplet, 8 H); ::
3.85-3.91 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2 H, NC~I2); 4.71-~.76 (t, J ~ 9 ,:~
Hz, 2 H, OCHz); 7.54 (m, l H, arom); 8.02 (m, 1 H, 5 ~rom).
.
Synthesi~ ~ 5-b~omo~ 2~aminoethyl- ~ .
pipexidinyl)-2~3~dih~ uran~7-c~rboxami~
A r~und bottom ~lask wa~ charged w.L~h bromocarboxyl.ic acid (2.0 g, 8~ mmol) and chlo~oorm (50 ml). The slurrv was s~irr~d and ~hl~nyl chlorids (4,0 ml) in chloro~orm ~10 ml) w~s add~d to the ~lu~ry along with 2-3 drops ~f dimethyl~ormamide. The mlx~ur~
w~s ~efluxed ~or 6C mLn ~o glve a cle~r solu~ion. The .
1 volatiles wer~ remov~d in vacuo ~o give a yellow ~olid. ~:~
Th~ acid ~hloridQ was us~ withou~ ~rth~ puxiflcation ~.
for the condensation with amlne. To ano~her fl~sk containing 1-(2-aminoethyl)piper~e~e ~ , 8.98 mmol), trlethylamine (15 ml) and C~c13 ~4~ ml) was added 20 a solution of ~he abovo acid chlorlde irl CHCl~ ~0 ml).
The mix~ure was stirr0d ~or 3 hours ~ r~n~ ~Qm,r~
The volatiles were ~emoved an~ ~he ~esidu~ was takan up in CHC13 ~100 ml) and washed with water (2 x 50 ml).
The organic layer was ~ep2rated, dried ~ve~ anhyd Na2S04, and the volatiles removed in vacuo to give a light yellow oil. The oil was purified by passage through a silica gel column when elution with CHCl~MeOH: ~0/10.
The desir~d ~r~ .s we-e -_...~'..~d an~ th~ volatiles were evapora~ed to give light yellow oll (2.4 g, 83~).
Rf (TLC silica yel CHCl3/MeO~:90/10) - 0.7. lH NMR (~
ppm): 1.42-1.60 (m, 6 H, piperidinyl cHz's); 2.42 (bs, 4 H, piperidinyl NCH2); 2.48-2.S2 tt, J - 6 Hz, 2 H, CH2);
.
SUE3STITUTE~ SHE~
'~.
l:
W094/2~14 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 j~
-53- 1:
l 3.20-3.26 (t/ J - g Hz, 2 H, NCH2); 3.48-3.54 (m, 2 H, NHCH2); 4.68-4.73 ~t, J ~ 9 Hæ, 2 H, OCH2); 7.33-7.35 (m, t 1 ~1, ar~m); 7.98-7.9g ~m, 1 ~1, arom); B.OS (bt, 1 H, 1 ;
~) ~':,:' Synthesis of S-n-txibutyltln-1-(2~aminoothyl~
ni~eridinv~ 3-dihvdrob~nzo~uran ~7 ggL3~ab~n~C~
5-bromo-caxbox~ml~ 0 g, S,63 mmol), I :
bis~tributyltln) ~3.~ g, 5.7 mmol), and palladlu~
t~trakis (triphenylphosphlne) ~.33 g, 0.~8 mmol) wexe ~ -re1uxed overnlaht ( 15 hr5 ) in trle~hyl~min~ ~100 ml~
The black r~sidue was separ~t~ ~rom khe sol~nt. The volaSlles were removed and the y~llow ~esidue was passed through a siiica gel column and elu~0d ~irst with CHC1J ~:
tl50 ml) and then wi~h C~C1J/M~OH: 90/10. The ~actions conta~ning ~h~ dssired compoun~ ~er~ comblnsd tog0thQr -~
and the volatiles were removed to give a light ~ellow viscous oil (~.4 g~. ~ NMQ ( ~ pp~ O ~ Q2 ~ ~7 ( 4 ~ J -7 Hz, 9 H, nBu3); 0.98-1.5g (m, 25 ~, nBu~; anc~
piperidinyl CH2); 2 . 48 (bm, 4 H, pipericlinyl NC~"); 2 . 49-2.54 ~ = 7 ~z. 2 ~, C~ ~: 3~21-3.2.~ t = 9 ~. 7. ~
H, CH2); 3.5i-3.55 (m, 2 H, NCH2); 4.63-4.69 (t~ J - 9 ,;
Hz, ~ H, CCH2); 7.34 (m, 1 H, arom); 7.95 ~m, 1 H, arom ) .
The reactions described hereinabove are 5 depict~d in Reaction Scheme II.
:
.
"
$UBSTITILJTE~ SHEET
~'.
WO 94/26314 PCTIUS93/04309 -- ~:
39~3 ; -54- ;
'"'",~ :~
,~, 1'~' ,'','' ','~
R}:ACTIO~ SC~ Iï , ~:
,~
--~\. SOC~
11 / ~ 1 1 \ :., Br~~
~N~ C~ x~
C ~ ~ R
~\ ~ ~ 0 5n ~, '25 ;,.
'~
''~
"~
su~3~;T~T~J~E ~3H :
WO94t26314 ~l 3 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/04309 1, .
In Vikr~ Compatitive ~inding of Radioactive and Nonradiaactive ~2-Piveridinvl~minoeth~lS-4-Iodo~enzamide ~ .
Competitive binding s~udies indicate ~hat compounds of the p~es~nt lnv~ntion bi:nd malign~n~
melanoma oells wlth ver~ hlgh a~~nit~.
A205~ cell~, d~rlv~ rom a b~in m tasta~
of human ma llgn~n-~ m~l~rl~ma (Todaro e~ al. lg80 ~x~c.
N2stl ~ Acad. Sci. USA 77: sas~ ) were ob~ainqd ~om tha National Insti~u~es o Health. The~e c~lls w0~e g~own inS DMEM2 medium ~Dulbecco's mo~sification o~ Eagle's medium, E~lEi~s) supplemensted wl~h lO~ fe~al ~oviri~S se.~um :~;
and 0 . 03~ L-glutamine .
! 2~ inJ~lai"' no~hy' ) ~-iodso~sn~.amide ( i . e .
IPAB, B) and ~2sI~2-pip~ridlny.lamlnoekhyl)4-iodob4nzamide ~) was synthesized as describecl in Example 1.
In VltroIa~L~_~L~IL~be~9~ ,~
A2058 cells, grown as descxibed above, were harves~ed with calclum and magnesium xee phosphate buffer (0.1 M) containlng 0.~2% EDTA. C011s wsre washed twice with ice-cold RPMI 1640 medium (Gibco) without glutamine and ~esuspended i~ the sam~ medium. Carrier-free rI25IlPAB (0.1 ml! was adde~ to Q~h~ etc ^~
0.1 ml test A2058 cells (1.5 X ~o6 cel1s in suspension).
To observe competitive binding hy non-~adiQ~ctive IPAB, , I ~,~ :
J varying concentrations of non~radioactlve IPAB were add~d in a volume of 0.1 ml. Cells were incubated at ~:~
.
~ 35 STITUTE SIH EET
'`:
WO94/2~14 ~ ~ PCT~S93/0430 ~ $6-l 37C ~or 5 hr af ter add.ition o~ radioactive and nonradioactive IPAB.
After incubation, c~115 w~re collected by ~:
centr~fugation for ~ min and washed twice with RPMI 1640 5 medium. The xadioac~ivl~y bound ~ cells was counted using a Packard Autogamma 5650 ~cln~llla~ion counter. ;~
Data w~re analy~ed wikh an ~NP~O~ er~tive, non-l~near lea~ s~u~r~ cur~ ~iL ~ing program.
0 ~ _3ul t3 Fi~ a~ h~ ;P~ blnds to human malignant melan~ma cells wi~h hiyh a~lnlty. In particular, Fig. l shows ~he amoun~ o~ nQnradioac~iv~
IPAB n~eded to compstL~,iv~ly ~nh.~bit blndLng of 15 radioactive IPAB. ~indlng o~ 50~ of the radioac~ive IPA8 was compe~i~ively inhi~ d by as llttle as 6.8 nM
(i.e. Kl is 6.~ nM). These ~ata indic~e that IPA~ ;
binding is so highly selec~ive an~ stable that khe : interactlorl o~ IPAB wit~l human mallgnant mel~noma cells ~ V 1 ~ k ~ 1 y !) C ~ 1~ _ S ~ T ~ ,~ ~ S ~1 ~, S ~
r~ap~r.
, :, ~ :
.; ', ..~,.
` 30 ;~
SlJB~3TITlJTE SHEET
~ ::
WO 94/26314 PCT/TJS93/04309 ::
-57- ;;
1 EXAMPLE 4 .:
~_ .
In Vi~ro Binding Competition Between :
Pharmaco~ogical Antagonists and ( 2-Piperidin~lAmirloethyl ) -4-Iodo~ nzamide Competitive bindlng studies ln~lcaJce that compounds of the p~es~n~ lnvention blnd cell sllr~a~e sigma receptors on m~llgnant m~lanom~ cell~.
!
klat~rial~ ~nd Metho~
A2058 c~lls, ~erived from a ~rain me~astasis o~ hum~n m~lignasl~ melanom~ (~odara ~ Proc.
Natl . ~c~d . Sci . US.~ 77: 5258 ) are ob~ained ~rom the National ~nstituk~s o~ ~eal~h. Th~ celLs ~re grown in DMEM2 medium (Dulbecco's mc:dl~lcation ~ Eagle's medlum, 15 EMEM) supplem~nted wl~h 10~ e~al bovin~ semm and 0 . 03%
I.-glutamine .
~ 2-Piperidinylaminoe~hyl ) 4 ~ iodabenzamidQ ( i . e .
IPAB, s) and I(2-pipe~idinylamlnoetnyi)~ iodoben~,ainide ~:
~ D) is synthesized as cie~cribed ln Exampls 1.
;~O Ph.~ are~ ir~l anta~enists and the correspo~lng recep~ors wnic'n ara ~ "~ 4C~_ I
2 (i.e. si~ma recQptor an~aganist), ~luph~nazin~ (slama- ~:
l at low concentra~iens 2nd sl~mP-2 at high : concentrations), SC~23390 (dopamine~ aclopride 2r (dopamine-2), melanocyte secrekin~ hormane peptidQ
~melanocyte secreting hormone receptor), mianserln (S- ~:
hydroxytryptamlne-l receptor), NAN-l90 ~S-hydroxy-tryptamine-la recep~or), kat~nserina ~-hydroxy~ryptamine-lc receptor), ketanserine and ;~:
mianserin (S-hydroxytryptamine-2 receptor) and 3-tropanyl dichlaroben (S-hydroxytryp~amine-3 receptor~. ~
~:
,;
S~ BSTI~JTE S~EF~
;,, WO94/2~14 ~ ~ 3 - 58- PCT~S93/04309 ,_ :~
In V~tro Cell Bindinq Assay A20g8 cells, ~rown as described above, are harve~ed with calc.ium and magn~sium ~xee phosphate buf~er ~0.~ M) con~alning a.o2% EDTA. Cells are washed 5 twice with ice-cold ~PMI ~1640 medium (Gibco) wlthout glutamine and resuspended in ~he ~am~ medium~ Carrier-~ree ~l2gI~AB (0.1 ml) i~ added to elgh~ allqu~ks o~ 0.1 ml test A205~ ccSlls (l.S X 106 c~ n sUspc~ns~n)~ To observe competltive blnding by ph~rmacological lO antagonlsts, ~arying concentrakion~s of the ant~gonlst9 2r~ th~n add~d in a tolum~3 o, 0~1 ml. Csl~ e -' incubated a~ 37C for 5 hr a~ter a~ lon o~ an antagonist and th~ radloactiv~ IPAB. ;:~
A~ter incuba~ion, c~ ar~ collect~d by I5 centriuga~ion or S mln and washed twice wlth RPM~ 1640 medium. The radloacti~ity bound ~o cells is count~d ~:
using a Packard Autogamma 5650 scin~illa~ion count~r. : ;
Data can be analyzed with an INPLOT~
lterative, non-linear least squara curve El~ing ~^ ~rogram.
-F~PS U 1 ~S , ' An~agonists with d~monstrated binding ~ :
specificity for cell ~urace ~igma recept~rs (~.g.
25 fluphenazine) can act as competiti~e binding inhibitors of IPAB binding to maligna~ melanoma c911s. In contrastr antagonists that do not bind to c~ll surface sigma rec~p~ors canno~ inhibit binding of radioact~e IPAB to melanoma cells. Such data in~icate that th~
3O present compounds bind to cell surface sigma receptors.
SUBSTIITUTIE S~EET
.
wos4l2~l4 21 3 .9 ~ V ~ PCT~S93/04309 -59- .
.
1 ~XAMPLE 5 Binding C~mpe~ikion Be~ween Pharmacological ~n~agonisks ~nd Materials and M~th~ds ~:
_ _ . __ ~ 2-Piperidinylamin~h~l)4~lo~obenzamldo ~i.e.
IPAB, B) was synth~siz~d as c1esc~ib~d in Exampl~ l.
A sigma-l bindlng assay w~s pQr~med in lO guinoa pig brain memb~an~s and ~a~ C6 glioma cQll3 (purchased '~om Am~rican Tis~u~ and Cell Collectlon, Rockville, M~) ln ~he presence o~ ~ ~igma~l selective lig~n~, t 3H~ pentaz~ine, ~ sigma-2 binding assay wa~ pe~Iorm~d ln ra~
15 liv~r membranes in ~he pre~0nce ~ ~ slgma-~ selecti~0 llgand, ~3nJ~TG, in ~h3 px~s~nce 0~ dex~ra}lorphall to mask sigma~l sites.
: ;.
ion:
A plasma membran~-mltochandrial (P2) m~mbrane ~r~ctiQn w~s orQDar~d f~om rozen ~uinea pig b~ains (Pel-Freez~, Rog~rs~ AK), minus cerebellum. The b~ain tissue was thawed slowly be~re homogenlza~lon. A crude P2 m~mbrane ~raction w~s also prepar~d from ~he li~ers :~
25 of rat Spsagu~-Dawley ra~s (150-220 g, Taconic Farms) liver. The anlmals were decapi~a~ed and theLr li~ers ~;:
were minced and homogenized. The tissue homogenization was carried out at ~ C in m.~ ~'s~ue WQJ~ht ~f 10 mM
Tris-HCl/0.32 M sucrose, p~=7.4 using 10 mo~or-driv0n -~
3o strokes ln a Potter-Elvehj~m Te1On glass homogenizer.
he crude homugenate was centrifuged for 10 min at lOOOg and the crude nuclear (Pl) pellet was discard~d.
~,:
$UBSTI~UTE SHE~ET ; `
... ..
'~' ' .. , .. . .. , . ~ . . , ~, WO94/2~14 2 ~ 9 ~ e PCT/US9310430 1 Supernatants were centrifuged at 31000 g fox 15 min to yield a plasma membrane~mi~ochondrial pellet (P2). This pellet was resuspended in 3 ml/g in lO mM kri~ HCl, pH
7~4 and used for binding studies. Pxotein 5 concenkrations were dekermlned, by the method, of Lowry.
~arious concentratLons of khe ~PAB ranging ~rom 0.5 - 1000 nM wex~ lncubatad with guin~a plg brain membranes (300-500 microgram p~oteln) in the ~resence of 3 nm [~ penkazocine ~p~ci~lc acki~ity 52 Cl/mmol) lO in 0.5 ml o 50 mM Tri~-HCl ~or 60 min ~t 37C. The ~mcun~ ef non speciJ~ h~n~ing was ds~xmir.ed by the additlan of 10 mM Tris-HCl, p~l 8.0 ~ollowed by rapld, ~ilteratlon through gla~s ~ rs u~Lng a ~randel Cell ~;
harvester tGal~h~rsburg, MD)~ Fll~er~ we~e washed ~wi,e ~i 15 with ice-cold buffer. Prior -to u~e, filters wera s~aked, ~;
ln 0.5% polyathyleneimine ~or abeut 30 min ,t 25~ C. .;
Similarly rats Iiv,9x mem~ranes (sl,~ma~2) o~ C6 glloma cell homo~sn~te~ o in~u~ wLth 3 nM rJH~D~G ~3q.4 Ci~mmol) in the presence of 1 mlcrom~lar cold 20 dextrallorphan and var.ious concen~ra~ion o the ::
unlabeled XPA~. The amoun~ of non spsciic bl~din~ was ~.
determined by incuba~ion uf membran0s in the pre~ence of 5 micromolar haloperidol. ~:
When the assay was terminated, the membranes 25 were filtered and the iltra~e washed twice as above.
The radioactivity was counted in Ecoscint ~National Diagnostics, Manville, NJ) after an overnigh~ extxaction ,U,.~g .
The amount of IPAB required to inhibit binding o~ sigma-1 and sigma-2 selective ligands by 50~ (i.e.
the ICso values) was derived using the computerized iterative curve~fitting program, GraphPAD. K1 values '~
8lJB~3TlT~JTE SHE~ET
WO 94/26314 21 ~ 9 .~ ~ 3 PCT~S93/û4309 were calculated from the IC50 values using Cheng-Prusof f equation~
Resultg The K1 value~ for IPAB are shown in Table 1.
Sigm~- 1 Slgma-~ Sigma -~Gu i nea_P l g Br~ i n ~ C~_I D_ a . 89 nM 24 . O nM 130 nM
Thes~ da~a demonst~ate ~hat ~PAB blnds to cell sur~ace sigma receptors with ~re~y high aeinity.
` ~.
2u ;:
; ;~
~;:
i: ~
1:
~.
~, SUBSTITUTE Sl~ ET
'";
WO g4/26314 PCT/~JS93/0430g ,,.~ ' ~,~39 3C~ -62-Biodls~rlbuti~n a~
5I- ~ 2-Piperidin~Aminc)ethy 1 L~4-IodoBenzamide ,. :
Biodistribution éxperlm0n~s were pex~o~med to a~ses~ th~ tumor-spe~ficiky u;~ the pr~sen~ c:ompound~.
l~tsrials and U-eho~ls ~:
A2058 ~umor a~lls, d~rlve~ ~.rom a b~ain ;~
metastasis OL human rnallgnan~ m~l~noma ~Toclaro et al.
1980 Proc . N~tl . Acad . Sci . US~ 77: 5~5~ ~ w~re oktairl~d ~xom ~he Naklonal l~nstl~ute~ o ~ealth. ;~:~
N~n-small c~ll lung carcln~ma cell lines NC~-157, Nc;-a3a an~ NCl l~g~ were ob~in~d ~x~om th~
National Cancer Instl~ute. ~he NC~ ~157 cell line is ~ ~
squamous carclnoma cell line, while NCI-~38 is an aden~carcinoma cell line and ~C~-12g~ i9 a large c~
lung c~;nom~ c~
Tumor ~ells wer0 gro~n in DMEM2 medlum (Dulbecco's modiication of Eagle's medi~m, E~EM~ ;~
suPpl emented wit:h Ln ~; f ~ r ~ r~g ~.g~ ,.."
glutamine.
l25I-N-(dlethylaminoe~hyl~4-iodobenzamide ~i.e.
['2sI]DAB) was p~èpared A5 described ln John et ~1. (1993 Nucl. Med~ ~lol. 20: 75-79).
l29I(2-piperidinylaminoe~hyl)4-lodobenæamlde (i.e. ~l25IJPAB) (D~ was synthesized as de~cribed ln :~
S; X~r l ~ 1 .
.
3o For ln vivo studies, tumor cells were harvested using calcium and magnes~um fr~e PBS
:
SUBSTtTlJTE SHE~
.
.
WO94/26314 213 ~ ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04~09 ~ -63- :
l containing ~,02% EDTA. Suspension o~ 5 x 106 cells (vlab~llty gre~er than 95~) in 0.~ mL o medium were innoculated subcutaneously in ~emale Balb/c nu/nu mice. `;
Afker about two weeks, ~solid tumors of about 1 cm in ";
5 diameter appeared in ~pproximately 85~ o all innoculated mice. Mice with soli~ ~umor~ havlng a : .
diameter of abou~ 1 cm were used ~or biodistxibution ~:
s'udles.
Balb/c nu/nu mlce ~17-22 g~ ware ln~ected ,~
lO int~avenously wl~h 0.2 ml of a sallne ~olution ~o~alning ~ ~'T ~p~3 ~ J-6 ~-Ci ) . At 1~ 5 ar~ 2~ h~
in~ection, blood ~amples w~re ~ollec~ed by cardiaa ~.
puncture and ~he mica were sacri1~ed immedlately thereater by cardiectomy while under halothane 15 anesthesia. The organs o in~er~s~ were subse~uently excissd, blot~sd wlth ~ssu~ pap~r, w~lghsd, and the ~;
radioactivity was coun~ed using a Packard au~omatic counter ~autogamma 5650), The ~ in~ect~d do5e/g ID~g~ values were datermined by comparison oP ti59U~
2G _ ~s~ Qg '~ h S~_s~Zb1y ~ 5~"- t~ h~ -ln~ec~e~ 9IJPAB aose a~ e~ Dy cne welgn~ oi ~n~
organ. Tha ~alues obtained were normaliz~d to a mouae :.
w~ighing 20 g. The di~'3~ence~ ~etween t~29I]PAB and ~`
t~25I~DAB were ~xamined by Stud~nt'~ unpaired t tests.
~5 R~ul~s Tables 1-3 illustr2te the biodistrlbution of [lZ5I]PAB and ~ I]DA~ in nude mice bearing human A2058 melanoma xenogxafts in the ~lank at one, six, and ~wenty-four hours, respectively, after administration o the imaglng agent.
;
~ ., SU13STITI )TE SHEET
WO94/26~14 2~39 3~ PCT~S93/04309 1 At one hr. posk-injection ~Table 1), the ...
concentration of ~lZgIJDAB ~% injected dose/gm) was higher than the tumor concentration of ~ZsI]PAB ln several ~issues lncluding non-tumorous liver, muscle, 5 lung and heart tissues. ~here~re, while ~l2sI~DAB
collected in ~he tumor at a marglnally higher level ~han ~25~PAB, ~125I]DAB w~s signllGantly 1ess speci~ic or .
the ~umo~ site than E ~ l~Aa By 6 hrs. ater admlnl~e~l~g th~ di~gnostic 10 agents, mice recei~ing ~la~I] P~ h~d more o~ thl~
diagnostic ag~n4 ~' n ~h~ o~ ~han ~n~ o4h~_ t~ gSUg ~ Tn contragt ~ 125~ ]DAB was found a~ higher concen~ra~ions ln the liver than in the kumor. ~oreo~e~, the COTlCOrltratiOn o~ t 125~ ~A3 was signlicant1y high~r than tha~ o [l2sI}PA~ in non-canc0rous blood, li~er and intestinal ti~5U9S.
By 24 hrs. mlce ~ecelving ~l2sI~PAB had about four-fold more ~g;]P~B ~n ~heir ~umors than in thoir livers. In contrast mice recei~ing ~ ~]DA~ had only ..;
,~ a~out half ~s ~.uch rl25I~A~i in ~h~ tumors ~g ~he~Y
iivars. lnese data indicate tha~ nîgn ie~eis or : [l25I~D.~B are non~-speci ~cally local~d in ~h~ e~.
These d~ta also indicats ~hat ~l~5I~DAB has 1~ss tum~r specificity than [l25I]PAB.
Moreover, ~he ~umor concentxation of [lZsI]PAB
: was almost twice as high as that of ~ 12~I ]DA~ indicating that IPAB ~indq to tumor cells with gxeater affinity and stability than IDAB. These data lndlcate that [~--I]PAB
is highly specific for malignant tumors which contain cells having sigm`a receptors.
:
~UBSTITlJTE 9HEET
j,.
,,, .
21 3 9 ~ D 3 PCT~S93l04309 . WO9~/263t~
1 Table 1 ~ .' Biodistribution o~ N-(piperidinylaminaeth~
4-iodo ~l25I~benzamide, ~lZ~I~PAB, and `~
N2s(diethylaminoeth~1)4-iodo ~lZI]benzamide, ~ IlD~B, in nude mice x~nogxa~ted with human melanotic mel ~ 9i_ ~ `
, ' .
.1 . .
~ Value for ' ;
lO ~ Hour ~ l2~]PAB ~l2~ AB Dif~rence .'~ .
Blood 0.~67(.168) 1.03(.318)NS
Liver 6.35~,770) 1~.7~1.6~)~.001 Spleen 3.11t.789) 3.46~.206)NS
15 K~dney 3.82(.56l~ 4.63~.905)NS
Bone 0.750(.0663) 1.04(.476)NS
Muscle 0.55Z(.0711) 0.988(.125)<.001 Stomach 3.23(.697) 3.~4(1.98) NS
Intestine 10.64(.541) 5.04(1.47)~.001 2~ T~-y-~Oid 4.2~(.594) 5.6~(1.0~).013 Lung 2.34(.~77) 6.32(1.55)~.001 Heart 1.14(.~07) 1.67(.21~).001 Brain 0.895(.08~7) 1.04(.0855).015 Tumor 3.~7t.470) S.18(1.31).044 RATIQ
Tumor/Blood q.l6(1.09) 5.68~2.75) Tumor/Muscle 7.16(1.S0) S.33(1.65) .
, .
, .
;:
SUIE~STIT~JTE SHEET
~:
WO94/26314 PCT~S93/04309 ~39~ 66~
l Table ~ ~:
Biodistributilon o~ N-(piperidinylamin~ethyl)-4-iodo ~ g}]ben~amide, ~l2~I~P~B, and N5(di~thylamlnoethyl)4-iodo ~ 12 I~benzamide, S~ I3D~B, ln nude mice ~enograted with human melanotic melanoma f% ID/a~ mean ~s~d. dev.), ~
P Valu~ ~or 6 Hour ~ l~5I~PAB ~lZ~D~B Di~er~nce Blood 0.208(.0542) 1.03(Ø1g7) .001 I.iver 1.16(.212) 3,74~.427) ~.001 Spleen 0 . 330 ( . 105 ) 0 . 2~0 ( . 0990 ) NS
Kidne~r 0.483(.131) 0.435(.0909) r~s Bone 0 . 115 ( . 0236 ) 0 . 100 ( . 02~7 ) NS
Muscle ~ . 0983 ( . 03~6 ) 0 . Og67 ( . 0356 ) NS
S'oma~n 0 . 757 ~ . 298 ) 0 . 475 ( . 164 ) NS
In~estlne 2 . 46 ( 1.18 ) 0 . 423 ( . 0963). 00 Thyroid 0 ~ 5 ~ 0 3 ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ 2 4 ) ~S
,.3O/;.u5~ 9g3J ~S
Heart 0, t 67 (, 0372 ) 0 . 150 ~ . 0329 ) NS
Braln 0 . 122 ( . 0331 ) 0 .132 ~, C254 ) iJ~
Tumor 2.91(.463) ~ 2.83(.388) NS
RATIO
Tumor/Blood 14.9(5.07) ~8.1(5.84) .002 TumGr~Muscle 32.S(12.0) 33.3(14.0) NS
:~ .
: _ _ TlJTE SHET
.:
WO94/2~14 213 9 ~ 0 3 PCT~S93/04309 ; ;
j ~67-1 Table 3 ~ ' ,' ;.
Blodistribution o N-~plperi~inylamlnoethyl)- :
4-iodo [~2gI]benzamider ~Z5lI~PAB, and N-~dle~hylaminoethyl)4-~odo t I]benzamid~, 5~l25I]~AB, in nude mlce x~nog~ated with human melan~tic me_ noma_L~ g , ,',,.'~
P Value ~o~
24 Hou~ ~ lZsI~P~B ~l19I]~B Dl~~r~nc~
~lood 0.0617~.018) 0.0350~.0084).00~ ~;
L~ver 0.263(.02~6) 1.12(.232) c,001 Spleen 0.0383~.015) 0~o35o~n23) NS
15 ~idney 0.0850~.016) 0.06~.01g7) NS
Bone 0.0133~.0052) 0.0133~005~) N~ ~:
Muscle 0.0117~.0041) 0.0150~.0084)NS
Stomach 0.130(0.881) 0,445~.386) NS
Intestine 0.132~.0852) 0.123~.0717) NS ;~
: ~ Th.y~ n,l~ n / , 14 3 ) ~ ' ~ ~ ~ 7 )~JS `
~ung 0.0717(.0075) 0.0633(.0273JNS
Heart 0~0283(.0075) 0.0233~.017~)NS
Brain 0.0067(.0052) ~.0~33(.00~
Tumor 1.028(.239) 0.553~.241~ ,006 ;-i~;
RATIO ,, Tumor/Blood 17.8~6.10) I5.5~4.69) NS
; .
: Tumor/Muscle 94.S(32.5) 39.7~9.61~ .003 -:
,, .
, ' ', ',.".'' 1,:
i'''''.' SUBSTITUTE SHEET' . .
WO~q/2~14~ PC~'~S93/04309 ~9~ 68-Biodistriblltlon of 2~PiperldinylAminoeth~l~-4-Iodo~enzamide Biodistrlbution.experimen~,s were performad to 5 as~ess the ~umor-speci~lciky o~ ~he present compounds.
v~r~ nd K~ ~ h~
~lon-small ce.~l lung carclnoma eell lines NC
157, NCI-~38 and ~CI-129g wer~ ob~aln~ rom ~h~
lO National Cance~ ~ns~i~ute. The NC~-1$7 c~ in~ i~ a squ~mous ra-~in~m~ 1 line, ~ le NCL~83~ i3 an adenocarclnoma cell line and NCI~l~gg is a large c~ll lung carcinoma c~
Tumor cells wer~ grown in ~MEM2 m~dium (Dulbecco's modi~icati~n of Eagle's medium, ~MSM) supplemen~ed with 10~ al bo~inQ s~rum and 0.03% L-glutamine.
(dietnylaminoQ~hyl)4-iodo~enzamide (l.e.
~lZ5I]DAB) was prepared as de.scribed in J~hn et al. (1993 20 NUC1 . MQd ~ Biol. 2~ 7S-7a), l45L;2-pip~ri~inyiaminoe~nyi~ o~o~enzamLae (~.e. El25I]PAB~ (D) was synth~siz~d as des~ ed ln Example 1. .;~
....
Animal Blod ~ ~
, For in vivo studies, tumor cells were ;:
harvested using calcium and magnesium free P~S
containing 0,02~ EDTA. Suspension of 5 x 106 cells (viability ~reaker than 95%) in 0.2 mL of medium were ; I ` 3 lnnoculated subcutaneously in femal~ Balb/c nu/nu mice. .. ;:
Ater about two weeks, solid tu~ors of about 1 cm in : diam~ter appeared in approximately 85~ of all :
':
$UE3STlTl.)TE~ SHEET
.....
W094/26314 ~I 3 9 ~ ~ 3 PCT/USg3/04309 l innoculated mice. Mice with solid ~umors ha~ing a dlameter of abou~ l cm were used for biod.is~ribution ::
studi~s. ~.
Balb/c nu/nu mice ~l7-22 g) were lnjected 5 intravenously with 0.2 ml of a sallne solutlon `~ `
containing ~12'~]PAB (5~6 ~Ci). ~ and 24 hr. after injectlon, blood samples w~x~ coll~cted by c~dlaa puncture and ~he mlce were ~ac~liced lmme~i~taly thereaftex by c~rdie~t~my whil~ und~r h~loth~ne lO anesthesia. Th9 organs o~ interost were ~ubse~u~nkly excised, blotts~ with tlgs~e pap~r, w~ighed, and khe radl~activi~,y was counted uslng a Packa~d aut~m~ic counter (au~ogamma 5650). The ~ inject~d dosc/g (~
ID/g) vaiues were dete~m~ned by ~omparison o~ tissu~
15 radioacti~ ies wi~h su.i~ably diluted aliquo~s o~ thQ
injscted [1~s~]PAB dos~ dl~Ld~d by ~h~ weLght o the organ. The v~lues ob~aine~ wer~ normalLzed to a mouse weiahing 20 g.
.
Tables 4-5 .illus~xa~e the biodis~ibution of ,:
[l25I]~AB and [125I]PAB, respec~ively, in nude mics , ;
bearing human squamous cell carcinoma xenografts in the :~
flank a~ one, six, and ~wen~-four hours after 25 administration of the lmaging agent.
By 24 hrs. mice recei~ing ~ I~PAB had more [125I]PAB in their tumors than any other tissue. In ;:
contrast mice receiving [125I!DAB had about six-fold more 5I]DAB in thelr livers as ~heir tumo~s. These data 30 indicate that hlgh levels of ~125I]DAB are non- ;
specifîcally localixed in the liver. These data also I ';
'`..
: 35 .~
~,~
SUg3STlTUTE Sl~ ET
: '' W094/26314 ~9~3Q3 P~T~US93/04309 l indicate tha~ ~l25I]DAB has le5s ~umor speci~icik~ than I]PAB.
Moreover, the ~umor concen~ration o ~l~5I]P~B
was more ~han three-~Ql~ higher than that o~ ~l25I~DAB at 5 24 hrs. post-injection lndica~ing that IP~B binds to tumor cells with greater ~f~nit~ and stabilit~ than I~AB. These data indicate that ~5I~P~ ls highl~
sp~cific f~r lun~ car~ln~mas whl~h ~on~ain c~lls h~ving sigma receptors. ~:
..
~5 `" '' ' '. '~' .
, ,~
, .,'' SU113STITUTE 3HE~ET ;;
~.
WO94/26314 21 3 9 5 o 3 PCT~Sg3/04309 , . .
l Table 4 ::
, Biodistribution Q~ N-(diethylaminoethyl)- :
4-iodo ~l2~X~benzamlde~ El25I}D~B, in nude mice xenograft~d with human squamous cell caxcinoma r"~,, ID/gi mea~ d~, d~y~
Tlssue 1 hr ~ hr 24 h~
;' ~ , ~loo~ 1.3~ ~.4~) 0.3~ 4) O.~Z7 ~ 0~ ~
I,L~er13.77 (0.72) g.~4 ~0.5~) 1.2S (0.10) :~;
Spl~en 3.S8 (0.28) ~.Sl ~0.0~) 0.01 ~0.00) ;:
Kidne~ 7.64 (0.35) 1.~7 (0.16) 0.05 (0.00) 15 B4ne 1.85 (O.Z~) 0,21 ~0.01) Stomach 5.41 ~0.53) 2.7 ~0~93) 0.15 ~0.02) Intestine5~64 (O.S8) 1.34 ~0~Z7) 0.05 ~0.01) Thyr~d ~.2~ (a.72) 1.43 (O.SJ) 0.03 ~O.Oi) Lung 6.3~ ~0.8~) 1.07 ~0.14) 0.03 ~0.00) 20 Heart 2.~1 (0.16) 0.38 (0.11) 0.00 t0.00) :
B~ain 1.57 ~n.n~ n ~3 (~,05) ~n~ tV-~vi Tumor 5.13 (0.74) 2.17 ~0.093 0.18 (0.0~
. . - - - l.;
~
.
... ..
' ` 3 :..
.~ .
~SUIBE3TITlJTE Sg~lEET
.:
~ ~3 9 - 72- PC1~593/04309 1 T~b Biodistrlibution of (piperidin~laminooethyl)-4-i~do ~2~I~benzarnide, ~l2gI~P~, ln nude mice xenogra~ted wi~h human ~quamou~ cell carcinoma _________L ~ -, ~
Tissue 1 hr 6 hr 24 hr .
" , ~lood1.9 (0 33) 0~51 ~C.C3) 0,1~ ~.37) Liver10.48 ~ 6) 3.47 (0.23) 0-39 ~0~0~
Spleen3.97 ~O.lB)0.8~ ~0.2a) 0.05 (0.00) Kidney6.56 (0.04)1.~1 ~0.28) 0.13 ~0.~0) BonQ2.03 (0~28) 0.5G ~0.18) 0.02 (0.00) ~.
S'omach6.57 (1.31)3.46 ¢0~18) 0.20 (0.03) Intestine12.63 ~0.43)11.41 ~0.52) 0.38 (0.09) :~:
Thyr~d7.8~ (0.3;) 2.aO (0.49) 0.09 (0.01) Lung 4.91 ~0.25) 1.10 ~0.03) 0,08 ~0.00) -.:
Heart2.25 ~0.07) 0.49 ¢0.03~ 0~03 !~~
Brain t.. ~n !n 17) ~'~9 (V-VLj U.Ui ~O.U~
Tumor4.27 (0-40) 3.Z7 (0~33) 0.55 (a~
`
'',",''' , '.
, ,~ .
:
$UBSTITUTE 51HE~T
WO94n63l421 3 9 ~ D 3 PCT~593/04~0~ ¦1 ~73-1 ~XAMPL~ 8 Diagnostic Imaging Uslng sI-(2-PiperidinylAminoethyl)-4-IodOBenZamid.e f I ~
5Thess experlments illustr~e the presen~
diagnostic imaging pr~cedures and ~he ben~fit o~ :
utllizing the presen~ compaunds in such procedures. .:
~i ;
M ~J~I~LJ~
~2058 c~lls, derl~e~ ~om ~ brain meta~asis of human mali~nan~ melanoma ~o~axa e~ al. 1~80 P~oc.
Natl. ~cad. Sci. U5A 77: 5~58) were ohkalned ~rom the ~;:
Natlonal Ins~tutes o~ H~alth. ~ human lung ~ ;~
adenocarcino~ cell line, NCX~ a3~ was ob~alned ~om the -;m~
15 Natlonal Cancer Ins~i~ute. These cell~ wer~ grown in DMEM2 medium (Dulbecco's modi~ication of ~agle's medium, :~ :
EMEM) supplemented with 10~ fetal bo~ln~ serum and 0.03~
L-alutam~ns . ,' .',' l3lI-N-~diethylaminoethyl)4-ifodobenzamld~ ~i.e.
20 [lJlI~DAB) was pxepared as described in John et al, (1993 '` "
Nucl. Med. BioL. 2~ 7~-79! .-;
I~I(2-piperidinylaminoethyl)4-iodobenzamide ~ -(D) was syntheslzed as described in Example 1.
~Y.:_~L~L_b~2L1~5 Balb/c nulnu mice (17-22 g) bearlng human melanoma or non-small cell lung carcinoma xenograft t~,.o-~ ~r~ ~"~a~ad intraven~usiy wîth O . 2 m; or saiine solution containing [l3lI~PAB or [l3lI]DAB (150-200 ~Ci).
; 30 The anlmals were anesthetized with kètamine containing .:;:
rompun before the imaging studies. The images were .
':' ~. `
1;
~, SUBSl~ITUTE~ S~EET
' :
~ 74_ PCT~593/04309 1 obtained using a scintigraphic camera with a pln-hole collimator at Ç and 24 hr. post injection.
Figs. 2 and 3 provid~ scin~igrams of nude rnice implanted wi~h human m~lanoma x~nografts and treated 5 with 1 l3ll ~ PAB and ~ l3lI ~ DA8, respec~ively .
~t 6 and 24 hrs, postln~ectlon, ~I~lIJPA~ wa5 ,~ ' detected only within ~he ~umor (Flgs. 2A and 2B). In conkra~t, no ~ l3lI ~DAB wa~ d~te~d i;l th~ tumor at .
ei~her 6 or ~ hrs. ~e~ ~dministra~lon ~Figs. 3~ and 3B). Moreover, considerabl~ upt~ke o~ ~JiI~A~ had occurr~d in -k~s li~sr~ o~ mic~ rs~ivlng ~h~
and 24 hrs. post-adminlst~atlon ( Flg~ . 3A ~nd 3 L~ttle or no ~l3lI~PAB was obse~v~d in th~ 9r at .~
either 6 or 24 hrs. post-admlnistr~tion, Th~se data ~:
15 indica~e IPAB is a signiflcan~ly be~ter diagno~tic agent -~
for ~umo~ imaging than IDAB.
Fig. 4 provides a scintigram e~ a nude m~u~e lmDlan~ed w~h ~ mas. ad~noca~nom~ xen~gra~ 30 hxs.
after in~ection of t~ PAB. The~e sclntegr~phlc 20 imaging studies easll~ vi~ualized the implanted tum~_ ~L . ~"
bo~h 24 and 30 hrs. ~o~-i.n~ec~
~ `;
;, ~5 . ``
: , ~
.~:
SuB!~TlTllJTE S~EET
... .
Claims (95)
1. A method for diagnosing a mammal for the presence of a mammalian tumor which comprises administering to a mamma} a diagnostic imaging amount of a compound of the formula:
I
wherein:
X is a radionucleide Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide;
and detecting binding of said compound to a tumor in said mammal.
I
wherein:
X is a radionucleide Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide;
and detecting binding of said compound to a tumor in said mammal.
2. A method for treating a mammalian tumor which comprises administering to a mammal a composition comprising a tumor-inhibiting amount of a compound of the formula:
I
wherein:
X is a radionuclide;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2; and with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide.
I
wherein:
X is a radionuclide;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2; and with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide.
3. The method of Claim 1 wherein X is a .gamma.-emitting radionuclide.
4. The method of Claim 1 wherein X is 123I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 10F, 76Br or 77Br.
5. The method of Claim 1 wherein X is 123I.
6. The method of Claim 2 wherein X is a .beta.-emitting or an .alpha.-emitting radionuclide.
7. The method of Claim 2 wherein X is 131I, 211At, 76Br, 212Pb, 212Bi or 77Br.
8. The method of Claim 2 wherein X is 131I.
9. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Z is =O.
10. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Z is two -H.
11. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein each R1 is independently H, halo or lower alkyl
12. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein each R1 is H.
13. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein q is 2.
14. The method of Claim 13 wherein R1 is alkoxy.
15. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein q is 1.
16. The method of Claim 15 wherein R1 is alkoxy.
17. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein q is 0.
18. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring.
19. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkoxy or lower alkyl.
20. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, or lower alkyl.
21. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Ra and Rb are independently H or halo.
22. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring.
23. The method according to Claim 1 or 2 wherein is:
, , , , , , , or .
, , , , , , , or .
24. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein j is 0 to 2.
25. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein j is 0.
26. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein y is 1 or 2.
27. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein R2 is -N(R3)2.
28. The method of Claim 27 wherein R3 is hydrogen.
29. The method of Claim 27 wherein R3 is lower alkyl.
30. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein R2 is a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent.
31. The method of Claim 30 wherein said heterocyclic ring is:
, , , , , , , or .
, , , , , , , or .
32. The method of Claim 30 wherein said heterocyclic ring is N-piperidinyl, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-pyridinyl, N-morpholinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl or morpholinyl which can be substituted with least one lower alkyl.
33. The method of Claim 30 wherein said heterocyclic ring is or piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl which is N-substituted with lower alkyl.
34. The method of Claim 33 wherein said lower alkyl is methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl,
35. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein said compound is:
, , , , , , , or .
, , , , , , , or .
36. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein said tumor is a lung carcinoma, a colon carcinoma, a renal carcinoma, a melanoma, a glioma, a pheochromocytoma or a neuroblastoma.
37. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein said lung carcinoma is an adenocarcinoma, a squamous carcinoma or a large cell lung carcinoma.
38. The method of Claim 1 or 2 wherein said tumor comprises cancer cells which have a cell surface sigma receptor.
39. The method of Claim 1 wherein the dectection of the binding of said compound to a tumor is observed after about 6 to about 30 hours.
40. A method for in vitro detection of a cancer cell in a mammalian tissue sample which includes contacting a mammalian tissue sample with an in vitro diagnostic amount of a compound of the formula:
I
wherein:
X is a radionuclide;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that the compound is not a radioisotape of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide;
for a time and under conditions sufficient for binding of said compound to a cancer cell and detecting said binding.
I
wherein:
X is a radionuclide;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that the compound is not a radioisotape of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide;
for a time and under conditions sufficient for binding of said compound to a cancer cell and detecting said binding.
41. The method of Claim 40 wherein X is 125I, 16F, 35S-alkyl, 35SO3, 35SO4 or 3H.
42. The method of Claim 40 wherein said compound is:
, , , , , , , , , or .
, , , , , , , , , or .
43. The method of Claim 40 wherein said cancer cell has a cell surface sigma receptor.
44. A compound of the formula:
II
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
R4 is -N(R3)2 or an N-linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at least one alkyl substituent, wherein each R3 is independently lower alkyl or hydrogen;
j is an integer from 0 to 6; and q is an integer from 0 to 2.
II
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
R4 is -N(R3)2 or an N-linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at least one alkyl substituent, wherein each R3 is independently lower alkyl or hydrogen;
j is an integer from 0 to 6; and q is an integer from 0 to 2.
45. A compound of the formula:
III
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring;
R5 is a 5 or 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at least one alkyl substituent;
m is an integer from 2 to 6;
j is an integer from 0 to 6; and q is an integer from 0 to 2.
III
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic ring;
R5 is a 5 or 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at least one alkyl substituent;
m is an integer from 2 to 6;
j is an integer from 0 to 6; and q is an integer from 0 to 2.
46. A compound of the formula:
IV
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy ox Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
each R3 is independently lower alkyl or hydrogen;
n is an integer from 3 to 6;
j is an integer from 0 to 6; and q is an integer from 0 to 4.
IV
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy ox Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
each R3 is independently lower alkyl or hydrogen;
n is an integer from 3 to 6;
j is an integer from 0 to 6; and q is an integer from 0 to 4.
47. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein Q is a radionuclide.
48. The compound of Claim 47 wherein said radionuclide is 123I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 18F, 211At, 76Br or 77Br.
49. The compound of Claim 47 wherein said radionuclide is 123I or 131I.
50. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein Q is an activating group.
51. The compound of Claim 50 wherein said activating group is iodide, tributyl-tin, trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl.
52. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein Z is =O.
53. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein Z is two -H.
54. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl.
55. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein each R1 is alkoxy.
56. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein each R1 is H.
57. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein q is 2.
58. The compound of Claim 57 wherein each R1 is alkoxy.
59. The compound of any one of Claims 44-46 wherein q is 0.
60. The compound of Claim 44 wherein R4 is -N(R3)2 and each R3 is independently lower alkyl.
61. The compound of claim 44 wherein R4 is an N-linked 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at least one alkyl substituent.
62, The compound of Claim 61 wherein said heterocyclic ring is , , or , .
63. The compound of Claim 51 wherein said heterocyclic ring is N-piperidinyl, N-pyrrolidinyl or N-pyridinyl.
64. The compound of Claim 45 wherein R5 is a 5 or 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which can have at least one alkyl substituent.
65. The compound of Claim 64 wherein said heterocyclic ring is piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or pyridinyl which can have at least one alkyl substituent.
66. The compound of Claim 64 wherein said heterocyclic ring is:
, , , or .
, , , or .
67. The compound of Claim 45 wherein m is 2.
68. The compound of Claim 46 wherein each R3 is lower alkyl.
69. The compound of Claim 46 wherein each R3 is hydrogen.
70. The compound of Claim 46 wherein n is 3.
71. A compound having any one of the formulae:
, , , , , , , , or .
, , , , , , , , or .
72. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a diagnostic imaging amount of the compound of any one of Claims 44-46 and 71, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier therefor.
73. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-tumor amount of the compound of any one of Claims 44-46 and 71 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier therefor.
74. A compartmentalized kit for detection or treatment of a mammalian tumor comprising a container having at least one compound of the formula:
IX
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl ox heterocylic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide.
IX
wherein:
Q is a radionuclide, halide or an activating group;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl ox heterocylic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide.
75. The kit of Claim 74 wherein Q is an activating group.
76. The kit of Claim 75 wherein said activating group is iodide, tributyl-tin, trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl.
77. The kit of Claim 74 which further comprises another container having a reagent for replacing said activating group with a radionuclide.
78. The kit of Claim 71 wherein said reagent is an oxidizing reagent.
79. The kit of Claim 78 wherein said oxidizing agent is chloramine-T.
80. The kit of Claim 74 which further comprises a material for for separating unattached radionuclide from said compound.
81. The kit of Claim 80 wherein said material is a chromatographic material.
82. The kit of Claim 81 wherein said chromatographic material is a thin layer chromatography plate, a molecular exclusion resin or a reverse phase resin.
83. A kit for detection or treatment of a mammalian tumor which comprises a container having at least one of the compounds of any one of Claims 44-46 and 71.
84. The kit of Claim 83 wherein said compound has Q as an activating group.
85. The kit of Claim 84 wherein said activating group is iodide, tributyl-tin, trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl.
86. The kit of Claim 83 which further comprises another container having a reagent for replacing said activating group with a radionuclide.
87. The kit of Claim 86 wherein said reagent is an oxidizing reagent.
88. The kit of Claim 87 wherein said oxidizing agent is chloramine-T.
89. A method for diagnostic imaging of a mammalian tissue which has cell surface sigma receptors which comprises administering to a mammal a diagnostic imaging amount of a compound of the formula:
I
wherein:
X is a radionuclide;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, Lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide;
and detecting an image of a tissue having an abundance of cells with sigma receptors.
I
wherein:
X is a radionuclide;
Z is =O or two -H;
each R1 is independently H, halo, lower alkyl, Lower alkoxy;
Ra and Rb are independently H, halo, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or Ra and Rb together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkenyl or heterocylic ring;
R2 is -N(R3)2 or a 5 to 6 membered nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring which is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one alkyl substituent;
each R3 is independently hydrogen or lower alkyl;
j and y are independently an integer from 0 to 6;
q is an integer from 0 to 2;
with the proviso that said compound is not an iodine radioisotope of (N-diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide;
and detecting an image of a tissue having an abundance of cells with sigma receptors.
90. The method of Claim 89 wherein said tissue is a neural tissue.
91. The method of Claim 90 wherein said tissue is brain tissue.
92. The method of Claim 90 wherein X is a .gamma.-emitting radionuclide.
93. The method of Claim 90 wherein X is 122I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 18F, 76Br or 77Br.
94. The method of Claim 90 wherein X is 123I.
95. The method of Claim 90 wherein said compound is:
, , , , , , , , , or .
, , , , , , , , , or .
Priority Applications (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002139503A CA2139503A1 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
| JP6525353A JPH08510235A (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for imaging and treating cancer |
| PCT/US1993/004309 WO1994026314A1 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
| EP94930839A EP0650372A4 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy. |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002139503A CA2139503A1 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
| PCT/US1993/004309 WO1994026314A1 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2139503A1 true CA2139503A1 (en) | 1994-11-24 |
Family
ID=4154976
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002139503A Abandoned CA2139503A1 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1993-05-06 | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP0650372A4 (en) |
| JP (1) | JPH08510235A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2139503A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1994026314A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5993777A (en) * | 1993-05-06 | 1999-11-30 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Benzamide compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
| US5911970A (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1999-06-15 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Methods for cancer imaging and therapy using benzamine compounds |
| US6517811B2 (en) | 1993-05-06 | 2003-02-11 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy |
| GB9507882D0 (en) * | 1995-04-18 | 1995-05-31 | Pharmacia Spa | Substituted dihydrobenzofuran derivatives as 5-ht4 agonists |
| US5919934A (en) * | 1997-02-19 | 1999-07-06 | The George Washington University | Compounds, compositions, and methods for cancer imaging and therapy |
| US7659400B2 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2010-02-09 | Washington University | Radiolabelled benzamide analogues, their synthesis and use in diagnostic imaging |
| DE102004011720B4 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2008-04-03 | Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft | Radiohalogenated benzamide derivatives and their use in tumor diagnostics and tumor therapy |
| CN109721533A (en) * | 2017-10-27 | 2019-05-07 | 华中科技大学同济医学院附属协和医院 | Imaging agent of targeting melanoma and the preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3591634A (en) * | 1967-06-20 | 1971-07-06 | Ile De France | N-(tertiary amino-alkyl)-benzamides |
| US3891671A (en) * | 1968-08-01 | 1975-06-24 | Ile De France | N-(2-pyrrolidyl or piperidyl alkyl)-4-hydroxy benzamides |
| FR2440946A2 (en) * | 1978-01-20 | 1980-06-06 | Ile De France | NOVEL SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC BENZAMIDES, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS BEHAVIOR MODIFIERS |
| US4360511A (en) * | 1978-11-29 | 1982-11-23 | Medi-Physics, Inc. | Amines useful as brain imaging agents |
| US4584187A (en) * | 1981-04-01 | 1986-04-22 | Wieland Donald M | Imaging agent and method of use |
| US4430319A (en) * | 1982-05-21 | 1984-02-07 | State University Of New York | Radioactive iodine labeled phenolic amines |
| US4647446A (en) * | 1982-08-18 | 1987-03-03 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Rapid brain scanning radiopharmaceutical |
| SE8205135D0 (en) * | 1982-09-09 | 1982-09-09 | Astra Laekemedel Ab | Benzamido-DERIVATIVES |
| US4888353A (en) * | 1986-02-28 | 1989-12-19 | Erbamont, Inc. | Carboxamides useful as antiemetic or antipsychotic agents |
| US5154913A (en) * | 1987-11-19 | 1992-10-13 | Vanderbilt University | Radioiodinated benzamines method of their use as radioimaging agents |
| FR2642972B1 (en) * | 1989-02-14 | 1994-08-05 | Inst Nat Sante Rech Med | AGENTS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF MELANOMAS, HALOGENATED AROMATIC DERIVATIVES SUITABLE FOR USE AS SUCH AGENTS AND THEIR PREPARATION |
| US5122361A (en) * | 1989-04-17 | 1992-06-16 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Dopamine receptor ligands and imaging agents |
-
1993
- 1993-05-06 CA CA002139503A patent/CA2139503A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1993-05-06 WO PCT/US1993/004309 patent/WO1994026314A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1993-05-06 JP JP6525353A patent/JPH08510235A/en active Pending
- 1993-05-06 EP EP94930839A patent/EP0650372A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPH08510235A (en) | 1996-10-29 |
| EP0650372A4 (en) | 1996-07-03 |
| WO1994026314A1 (en) | 1994-11-24 |
| EP0650372A1 (en) | 1995-05-03 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US6517811B2 (en) | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy | |
| TW449482B (en) | Radiolabeled peptides for diagnosis and therapy | |
| Kung et al. | Dopamine D-2 receptor imaging radiopharmaceuticals: Synthesis, radiolabeling and in vitro binding of (R)-(+)-and (S)-(-)-3-iodo-2-hydroxy-6-methoxy-N-[(1-ethyl-2-pyrrolidinyl) methyl] benzamide | |
| ES2700234T3 (en) | Marked inhibitors of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA), biological evaluation and use as imaging agents | |
| US4994258A (en) | Gamma emitting, CCK-A antagonists for pancreatic imaging | |
| CA2755965A1 (en) | Psma-targeting compounds and uses thereof | |
| US6447748B1 (en) | Benzamide compounds for cancer imaging and therapy | |
| Drews et al. | Synthesis and biological evaluation of technetium (III) mixed-ligand complexes with high affinity for the cerebral 5-HT1A receptor and the alpha1-adrenergic receptor | |
| John et al. | Synthesis, in vitro binding, and tissue distribution of radioiodinated 2-[125I] N-(N-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-iodo benzamide, 2-[125I] BP: A potential σ receptor marker for human prostate tumors | |
| CN118955616B (en) | A compound targeting and binding to fibroblast activation protein and its application | |
| CN115010629B (en) | Prostate specific membrane antigen inhibitor, nuclide marker, preparation method and application | |
| CA2139503A1 (en) | Compounds for cancer imaging and therapy | |
| US5919934A (en) | Compounds, compositions, and methods for cancer imaging and therapy | |
| CN109985252A (en) | A novel dual-modality small molecule contrast agent and its preparation method and application | |
| John et al. | Synthesis, in vitro validation and in vivo pharmacokinetics of [125I] N-[2-(4-iodophenyl) ethyl]-N-methyl-2-(1-piperidinyl) ethylamine: a high-affinity ligand for imaging sigma receptor positive tumors | |
| John et al. | An improved synthesis of [125I] N-(diethylaminoethyl)-4-iodobenzamide: a potential ligand for imaging malignant melanoma | |
| AU2015203742A1 (en) | Labeled inhibitors of prostate specific membrane antigen (psma), biological evaluation, and use as imaging agents | |
| US5993777A (en) | Benzamide compounds for cancer imaging and therapy | |
| US20250152758A1 (en) | Probe for nuclear medical testing | |
| Abdel-Bary et al. | Synthesis and radioiodination of new dipeptide coupled with biologically active pyridine moiety | |
| JP4951798B2 (en) | Side group fatty acid imaging agent | |
| EP1867634B1 (en) | Ligand for vesicular acetylcholine transporter | |
| CN119751415B (en) | Radiopharmaceuticals for the diagnosis or treatment of prostate cancer that target both PSMA and FAP-α | |
| US11701439B2 (en) | DAZA chelators as ligands in liver imaging | |
| US6855828B1 (en) | Detection of hypoxia |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request | ||
| FZDE | Discontinued | ||
| FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20050406 |